METREL MI 2893 Power Master XT User Manual

Power Master XT / Power Master / Master Q4
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
(HW: 9.0)
Instruction manual
Version 1.5.10 Code No. 20 753 179
Distributor:
Manufacturer:
METREL d.o.o.
Ljubljanska cesta 77
1354 Horjul
Slovenia
web site: http://www.metrel.si
e-mail: [email protected]
Mark on your equipment certifies that this equipment meets requirements of all subjected
EU regulations.
Hereby, Metrel d.o.o. declares that the MI 2893, MI 2892, MI 2885 is in
compliance with subjected EU directive. The full text of the EU declaration of
conformity is available at the following internet address http://www.metrel.si/DoC.
© 2023 METREL
The trade names Metrel®, Smartec®, Eurotest®, Auto Sequence® are trademarks registered in Europe and other countries.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means without
permission in writing from METREL.
2
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Table of contents
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 14
Main Features ......................................................................................................................... 15
Safety considerations .............................................................................................................. 16
Applicable standards ............................................................................................................... 17
Abbreviations .......................................................................................................................... 18
Description .............................................................................................................................. 29
Front panel .............................................................................................................................. 29
Connector panel ...................................................................................................................... 30
Bottom view............................................................................................................................ 31
Accessories.............................................................................................................................. 31
2.4.1 Standard accessories ............................................................................................................. 31
2.4.2 Optional accessories ............................................................................................................. 31
3
Operating the instrument ........................................................................................................ 32
3.1 Instrument status bar .............................................................................................................. 33
3.2 Instrument keys....................................................................................................................... 34
3.3 Instrument memory (microSD card) ......................................................................................... 35
3.4 Instrument Main Menu ............................................................................................................ 35
3.4.1 Instrument submenus ........................................................................................................... 36
3.5 U, I, f ....................................................................................................................................... 38
3.5.1 Meter..................................................................................................................................... 38
3.5.2 Scope ..................................................................................................................................... 40
3.5.3 Trend ..................................................................................................................................... 42
3.5.4 Voltage and current trends ................................................................................................... 42
3.6 Power ..................................................................................................................................... 45
3.6.1 Meter..................................................................................................................................... 45
3.6.2 Trend ..................................................................................................................................... 48
3.7 Energy ..................................................................................................................................... 51
3.7.1 Meter..................................................................................................................................... 51
3.7.2 Trend ..................................................................................................................................... 53
3.7.3 Efficiency ............................................................................................................................... 54
3.8 Harmonics / inter-harmonics ................................................................................................... 56
3.8.1 Meter..................................................................................................................................... 56
3.8.2 Histogram (Bar) ..................................................................................................................... 58
3.8.3 Harmonics Average Histogram (Avg Bar) .............................................................................. 59
3.8.4 Trend ..................................................................................................................................... 61
3.9 Flickers .................................................................................................................................... 63
3.9.1 Meter..................................................................................................................................... 63
3.9.2 Trend ..................................................................................................................................... 64
3.10 Phase Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 65
3.10.1
Phase diagram................................................................................................................... 65
3.10.2
Unbalance diagram ........................................................................................................... 66
3.10.3
Unbalance trend ............................................................................................................... 68
3.11 Temperature ........................................................................................................................... 69
3.11.1
Meter ................................................................................................................................ 69
3.11.2
Trend ................................................................................................................................. 69
3.12 Under deviation and over deviation ......................................................................................... 70
3.12.1
Meter ................................................................................................................................ 70
3
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Table of contents
3.12.2
Trend ................................................................................................................................. 71
3.13 Signalling................................................................................................................................. 72
3.13.1
Meter ................................................................................................................................ 72
3.13.2
Trend ................................................................................................................................. 73
3.13.3
Table ................................................................................................................................. 75
3.14 General Recorder..................................................................................................................... 76
3.15 Waveform/Inrush recorder ...................................................................................................... 79
3.15.1
Setup ................................................................................................................................. 79
3.15.2
Capturing waveform ......................................................................................................... 81
3.15.3
Captured waveform .......................................................................................................... 83
3.16 Transient recorder ................................................................................................................... 85
3.16.1
Power Master XT - MI 2893 .............................................................................................. 85
3.16.1.1 Setup ................................................................................................................................. 85
3.16.2
Power Master/Master Q4 - MI 2892/MI 2885 ................................................................. 88
3.16.2.1 Setup ................................................................................................................................. 88
3.16.3
Capturing transients ......................................................................................................... 90
3.16.4
Captured transients .......................................................................................................... 92
3.17 Events table............................................................................................................................. 93
3.17.1
Group view ........................................................................................................................ 93
3.17.2
Phase view ........................................................................................................................ 96
3.18 Alarms table ............................................................................................................................ 97
3.19 Rapid voltage changes (RVC) table ........................................................................................... 99
3.20 Inrush table ........................................................................................................................... 100
3.21 E-Meter recorder (MI 2892/MI 2885) ..................................................................................... 101
3.22 Memory List .......................................................................................................................... 106
3.22.1
General Record ............................................................................................................... 110
3.22.2
Waveform snapshot........................................................................................................ 113
3.22.3
Waveform/inrush record ................................................................................................ 114
3.22.4
Transients record ............................................................................................................ 114
3.23 Measurement Setup submenu ............................................................................................... 115
3.23.1
Connection setup ............................................................................................................ 115
3.23.2
Event setup ..................................................................................................................... 121
3.23.3
Alarm setup..................................................................................................................... 122
3.23.4
Signalling setup ............................................................................................................... 124
3.23.5
Rapid voltage changes (RVC) setup ................................................................................ 125
3.23.6
Measuring Methods setup.............................................................................................. 125
3.23.7
Transient setup ............................................................................................................... 127
3.24 General Setup submenu......................................................................................................... 128
3.24.1
Communication............................................................................................................... 129
3.24.2
Time & Date .................................................................................................................... 130
3.24.3
Language ......................................................................................................................... 132
3.24.4
Instrument info ............................................................................................................... 132
3.24.5
Lock/Unlock .................................................................................................................... 133
3.24.6
Colour model .................................................................................................................. 135
3.24.7
Backlight.......................................................................................................................... 136
4
Recording Practice and Instrument Connection ...................................................................... 138
4.1 Measurement campaign ........................................................................................................ 138
4.2 Connection setup................................................................................................................... 144
4.2.1 Connection to the LV Power Systems ................................................................................. 144
4
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
4.3
4.4
5
5.1
5.2
6
6.1
6.2
Table of contents
4.2.2 Connection to the MV or HV Power System ....................................................................... 149
4.2.3 Current clamp selection and transformation ratio setting ................................................. 153
4.2.4 Connection check ................................................................................................................ 157
4.2.5 Temperature probe connection .......................................................................................... 160
4.2.6 GPS time synchronization device connection ..................................................................... 160
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) / Intranet (LAN)) .............. 161
4.3.1 Communication principle .................................................................................................... 161
4.3.2 Instrument setup on remote measurement site ................................................................ 162
4.3.3 PowerView setup for instrument remote access ................................................................ 164
4.3.4 Remote connection ............................................................................................................. 165
Number of measured parameters and connection type relationship ....................................... 175
Theory and internal operation ............................................................................................... 182
Measurement methods ......................................................................................................... 182
5.1.1 Measurement aggregation over time intervals .................................................................. 182
5.1.2 Voltage measurement (magnitude of supply voltage) ....................................................... 183
5.1.3 Current measurement (magnitude of supply current) ....................................................... 183
5.1.4 Frequency measurement .................................................................................................... 184
5.1.5 Modern Power measurement ............................................................................................. 184
5.1.6 Classic Vector and Arithmetic Power measurement .......................................................... 190
5.1.7 Energy.................................................................................................................................. 192
5.1.8 Harmonics and interharmonics ........................................................................................... 194
5.1.9 Signalling ............................................................................................................................. 196
5.1.10
Flicker .............................................................................................................................. 196
5.1.11
Voltage and current unbalance ...................................................................................... 197
5.1.12
Under-deviation and over-deviation .............................................................................. 197
5.1.13
Voltage events ................................................................................................................ 198
5.1.14
Alarms ............................................................................................................................. 202
5.1.15
Rapid voltage changes (RVC) .......................................................................................... 203
5.1.16
Data aggregation in GENERAL RECORDING .................................................................... 204
5.1.17
Flagged data .................................................................................................................... 207
5.1.18
Waveform snapshot........................................................................................................ 208
5.1.19
Waveform recorder ........................................................................................................ 208
5.1.20
Transient recorder .......................................................................................................... 212
EN 50160 Standard Overview ................................................................................................. 213
5.2.1 Power frequency ................................................................................................................. 214
5.2.2 Supply voltage variations .................................................................................................... 214
5.2.3 Supply voltage unbalance ................................................................................................... 214
5.2.4 THD voltage and harmonics ................................................................................................ 214
5.2.5 Interharmonic voltage......................................................................................................... 215
5.2.6 Mains signalling on the supply voltage ............................................................................... 215
5.2.7 Flicker severity .................................................................................................................... 215
5.2.8 Voltage dips ......................................................................................................................... 215
5.2.9 Voltage swells...................................................................................................................... 216
5.2.10
Short interruptions of the supply voltage....................................................................... 216
5.2.11
Long interruptions of the supply voltage........................................................................ 216
5.2.12
MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 recorder setting for EN 50160 survey................................. 216
Technical specifications ......................................................................................................... 218
General specifications ............................................................................................................ 218
Measurements ...................................................................................................................... 218
6.2.1 General description ............................................................................................................. 218
5
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
6.3
6.4
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
8
Table of contents
6.2.2 Phase Voltages .................................................................................................................... 220
6.2.3 Line voltages........................................................................................................................ 220
6.2.4 Current ................................................................................................................................ 222
6.2.5 Frequency ............................................................................................................................ 225
6.2.6 Flickers................................................................................................................................. 225
6.2.7 Transients ............................................................................................................................ 225
6.2.8 Combined power ................................................................................................................. 226
6.2.9 Fundamental power ............................................................................................................ 226
6.2.10
Nonfundamental power ................................................................................................. 227
6.2.11
Power factor (PF, PFe, PFv, PFa) ..................................................................................... 228
6.2.12
Displacement factor (DPF) or Cos φ) .............................................................................. 228
6.2.13
Energy ............................................................................................................................. 228
6.2.14
Voltage harmonics and THD ........................................................................................... 229
6.2.15
Current harmonics, THD and k-factor ............................................................................. 229
6.2.16
Voltage interharmonics .................................................................................................. 230
6.2.17
Current interharmonics .................................................................................................. 230
6.2.18
Signalling ......................................................................................................................... 231
6.2.19
Unbalance ....................................................................................................................... 231
6.2.20
Overdeviation and Underdeviation ................................................................................ 231
6.2.21
Time and duration uncertainty ....................................................................................... 231
6.2.22
Temperature probe ........................................................................................................ 231
6.2.23
Phase angle ..................................................................................................................... 232
6.2.24
400Hz systems specification ........................................................................................... 232
6.2.25
VFD (Variable frequency drive) systems specification.................................................... 232
6.2.26
Differences in specification between 400Hz, VFD and 50/60 Hz systems...................... 232
Recorders .............................................................................................................................. 233
6.3.1 General recorder ................................................................................................................. 233
6.3.2 Waveform/inrush recorder ................................................................................................. 234
6.3.3 Waveform snapshot ............................................................................................................ 234
6.3.4 Transient recorder............................................................................................................... 234
Standards compliance ............................................................................................................ 236
6.4.1 Compliance to the IEC 61557-12 ......................................................................................... 236
6.4.2 Compliance to the to the IEC 61000-4-30 ........................................................................... 237
Maintenance ......................................................................................................................... 238
Inserting batteries into the instrument ................................................................................... 238
Batteries ............................................................................................................................... 239
Firmware upgrade ................................................................................................................. 240
7.3.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................................... 240
7.3.2 Upgrade procedure ............................................................................................................. 241
Power supply considerations ................................................................................................. 244
Cleaning ................................................................................................................................ 244
Periodic calibration ................................................................................................................ 245
Service .................................................................................................................................. 245
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................... 245
Version of document ............................................................................................................. 245
6
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Table of contents
List of tables:
Table 1: MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 standard accessories ......................................................................... 31
Table 2: Instrument status bar description................................................................................................. 33
Table 3: Shortcut Keys and other Function keys......................................................................................... 34
Table 4: Instrument Main menu ................................................................................................................. 36
Table 5: Keys in Main menu ........................................................................................................................ 36
Table 6: Keys in submenus .......................................................................................................................... 38
Table 7: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ............................................................................. 39
Table 8: Keys in Meter screens ................................................................................................................... 40
Table 9: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ............................................................................. 41
Table 10: Keys in Scope screens.................................................................................................................. 41
Table 11: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 43
Table 12: Keys in Trend screens .................................................................................................................. 43
Table 13: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations (see 5.1.5 for details) – instantaneous values .. 46
Table 14: Keys in Power (METER) screens .................................................................................................. 47
Table 15: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 48
Table 16: Keys in Power (TREND) screens .................................................................................................. 50
Table 17: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 52
Table 18: Keys in Energy (METER) screens ................................................................................................. 52
Table 19: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 53
Table 20: Keys in Energy (TREND) screens .................................................................................................. 53
Table 21: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 54
Table 22: Keys in Energy (TREND) screens .................................................................................................. 55
Table 23: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 57
Table 24: Keys in Harmonics / inter-harmonics (METER) screens .............................................................. 57
Table 25: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 58
Table 26: Keys in Harmonics / inter-harmonics (BAR) screens ................................................................... 58
Table 27: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 60
Table 28: Keys in Harmonics / inter-harmonics (AVG) screens .................................................................. 60
Table 29: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 61
Table 30: Keys in Harmonics / inter-harmonics (TREND) screens .............................................................. 62
Table 31: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 63
Table 32: Keys in Flickers (METER) screen .................................................................................................. 63
Table 33: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 64
Table 34: Keys in Flickers (TREND) screens ................................................................................................. 65
Table 35: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 66
Table 36: Keys in Phase diagram screen ..................................................................................................... 66
Table 37: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 67
Table 38: Keys in Unbalance diagram screens ............................................................................................ 67
Table 39: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 68
Table 40: Keys in Unbalance trend screens ................................................................................................ 68
Table 41: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 69
Table 42: Keys in Temperature meter screen ............................................................................................. 69
Table 43: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 70
Table 44: Keys in Temperature trend screens ............................................................................................ 70
Table 45: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 71
Table 46: Keys in Under deviation and over deviation (METER) screen ..................................................... 71
Table 47: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 71
Table 48: Keys in Under deviation and Over deviation (TREND) screens ................................................... 72
Table 49: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 73
Table 50: Keys in Signalling (METER) screen ............................................................................................... 73
7
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Table of contents
Table 51: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 74
Table 52: Keys in Signalling (TREND) screen ............................................................................................... 74
Table 53: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 75
Table 54: Keys in Signalling (TABLE) screen ................................................................................................ 75
Table 55: General recorder settings description and screen symbols........................................................ 76
Table 56: Keys in General recorder setup screen ....................................................................................... 78
Table 57: Waveform recorder settings description and screen symbols ................................................... 80
Table 58: Keys in Waveform recorder setup screen ................................................................................... 80
Table 59: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 82
Table 60: Keys in Waveform recorder capture screen ............................................................................... 83
Table 61: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 84
Table 62: Keys in captured waveform recorder screens ............................................................................ 84
Table 63: Transients on the low voltage network ...................................................................................... 85
Table 64: Transient recorder settings description and screen symbols ..................................................... 86
Table 65: Keys in Transient recorder setup screen ..................................................................................... 87
Table 66: Transient recorder settings description and screen symbols ..................................................... 88
Table 67: Keys in Transient recorder setup screen ..................................................................................... 90
Table 68: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 91
Table 69: Keys in Transient recorder capture screen ................................................................................. 91
Table 70: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 92
Table 71: Keys in captured transient recorder screens .............................................................................. 92
Table 72: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 94
Table 73: Keys in Events table group view screens..................................................................................... 95
Table 74: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 96
Table 75: Keys in Events table phase view screens .................................................................................... 97
Table 76: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 98
Table 77: Keys in Alarms table screens ....................................................................................................... 98
Table 78: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ........................................................................... 99
Table 79: Keys in RVC Events table group view screens ........................................................................... 100
Table 80: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ......................................................................... 101
Table 81: E-Meter recorder settings description ...................................................................................... 103
Table 82: Functional Keys in E-Meter recorder setup screen ................................................................... 104
Table 83: E-Meter recorder setup settings description ............................................................................ 104
Table 84: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ......................................................................... 106
Table 85: Keys in Memory list (Folder) screen .......................................................................................... 107
Table 86: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ......................................................................... 107
Table 87: Keys in Memory list screen ....................................................................................................... 108
Table 88: Recorder settings description ................................................................................................... 110
Table 89: Keys in General record front page screen ................................................................................. 110
Table 90: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations ......................................................................... 111
Table 91: Keys in Viewing recorder U,I,f TREND screens .......................................................................... 112
Table 92: Recorder settings description ................................................................................................... 113
Table 93: Keys in Snapshot record front page screen .............................................................................. 113
Table 94: Description of Measurement setup options ............................................................................. 115
Table 95: Keys in Measurement setup submenu screen .......................................................................... 115
Table 96: Description of Connection setup............................................................................................... 116
Table 97: Keys in Connection setup menu................................................................................................ 120
Table 98: Description of Event setup ........................................................................................................ 121
Table 99: Keys in Event setup screen ........................................................................................................ 121
Table 100: Description of Alarm setup ..................................................................................................... 122
Table 101: Keys in Alarm setup screens.................................................................................................... 123
Table 102: Description of Signalling setup ................................................................................................ 124
8
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Table of contents
Table 103: Keys in Signalling setup screen ............................................................................................... 124
Table 104: Description of RVC setup ........................................................................................................ 125
Table 105: Keys in RVC setup screen ........................................................................................................ 125
Table 106: Description of Measuring Methods setup .............................................................................. 126
Table 107: Keys in Measuring Methods setup screen .............................................................................. 126
Table 108: Description of Transient setup ................................................................................................ 128
Table 109: Description of General setup options ..................................................................................... 128
Table 110: Keys in General setup submenu.............................................................................................. 128
Table 111: Description of Communication setup options ........................................................................ 129
Table 112: Keys in Communication setup ................................................................................................. 130
Table 113: Description of Set date/time screen ....................................................................................... 131
Table 114: Keys in Set date/time screen .................................................................................................. 131
Table 115: Keys in Language setup screen ............................................................................................... 132
Table 116: Description of Instrument info screen .................................................................................... 133
Table 117: Keys in Instrument info screen................................................................................................ 133
Table 118: Description of Lock/Unlock screen ......................................................................................... 134
Table 119: Keys in Lock/Unlock screen ..................................................................................................... 134
Table 120: Locked instrument functionality ............................................................................................. 134
Table 121: Keys in Colour model screens ................................................................................................. 135
Table 122: Description Backlight screen ................................................................................................... 136
Table 123: Keys in Backlight screen .......................................................................................................... 137
Table 124: Keys in Smart clamps pop up window .................................................................................... 156
Table 125: Connection check description and screen symbols ................................................................ 157
Table 126: Keys in Connection check screen ............................................................................................ 159
Table 127: GPS functionality ..................................................................................................................... 160
Table 128: Keys in Set time zone screen ................................................................................................... 160
Table 129: Internet setup parameters ...................................................................................................... 163
Table 130: Internet status bar icons ......................................................................................................... 163
Table 131: Instrument selection form parameters ................................................................................... 164
Table 132: Quantities measured by instrument ....................................................................................... 175
Table 133: Quantities recorded by instrument (Standard Profile) ........................................................... 177
Table 134: Quantities recorded by instrument (Limited Profile).............................................................. 180
Table 135: Summary and grouping of the phase power quantities ......................................................... 185
Table 136: Power summary and grouping of the total power quantities ................................................ 186
Table 137: Summary and grouping of the phase power quantities ......................................................... 190
Table 138: Power summary and grouping of the total power quantities ................................................ 190
Table 139: Alarm definition parameters ................................................................................................... 202
Table 140: Alarm signatures ..................................................................................................................... 202
Table 141: Data aggregation methods...................................................................................................... 205
Table 142: EN 50160 standard LV limits (continuous phenomena) ......................................................... 213
Table 143: Values of individual harmonic voltages at the supply ............................................................ 214
Table 144:Voltage dips classification ........................................................................................................ 216
Table 145:Voltage swell classification ...................................................................................................... 216
Table 146: General recording max. duration ............................................................................................ 233
9
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Table of contents
List of Figures:
Figure 1: Power Master XT instrument ....................................................................................................... 14
Figure 2: Front plates and marking labels................................................................................................... 15
Figure 3: Front panel ................................................................................................................................... 29
Figure 4:Top connector panel ..................................................................................................................... 30
Figure 5: Side connector panel .................................................................................................................. 30
Figure 6: Bottom view ................................................................................................................................. 31
Figure 7: Display symbols and keys description.......................................................................................... 32
Figure 8: Common display symbols and labels during measurement campaign ....................................... 32
Figure 9: Instrument status bar .................................................................................................................. 33
Figure 10: Inserting microSD card ............................................................................................................... 35
Figure 11: “MAIN MENU” ........................................................................................................................... 36
Figure 12: Measurements submenu ........................................................................................................... 37
Figure 13: Recorders submenu (MI 2893) .................................................................................................. 37
Figure 14: Recorders submenu (MI 2892/MI 2885) ................................................................................... 37
Figure 15: Measurement setup submenu...................................................................................................37
Figure 16: General setup submenu............................................................................................................. 38
Figure 17: U, I, f meter phase table screens (L1, L2, L3, N)......................................................................... 38
Figure 18: U, I, f meter summary table screens .......................................................................................... 39
Figure 19: Voltage only waveform .............................................................................................................. 40
Figure 20: Current only waveform .............................................................................................................. 40
Figure 21: Voltage and current waveform (single mode) ........................................................................... 41
Figure 22: Voltage and current waveform (dual mode) ............................................................................. 41
Figure 23: Voltage trend (all voltages) ........................................................................................................ 42
Figure 24: Voltage trend (single voltage) .................................................................................................... 42
Figure 25: Voltage and current trend (single mode) .................................................................................. 42
Figure 26: Voltage and current trend (dual mode) ..................................................................................... 42
Figure 27: Trends of all currents ................................................................................................................. 43
Figure 28: Frequency trend......................................................................................................................... 43
Figure 29: Power measurements summary (combined) ............................................................................ 45
Figure 30: Power measurements summary (nonfundamental) ................................................................. 45
Figure 31: Power measurements summary (fundamental) ........................................................................ 45
Figure 32: Detailed power measurements at phase L1 .............................................................................. 46
Figure 33: Detailed total power measurements ......................................................................................... 46
Figure 34: Power trend screen.................................................................................................................... 48
Figure 35: Energy counters screen (General Recorder is running) ............................................................. 51
Figure 36: Energy counters screen (General Recorder is not running)....................................................... 52
Figure 37: Energy trend screen ................................................................................................................... 53
Figure 38: Energy efficiency screen ............................................................................................................ 54
Figure 39: Harmonics and inter-harmonics (METER) screens .................................................................... 56
Figure 40: Phase harmonics presentation (U,I,P) ....................................................................................... 56
Figure 41: Harmonics histogram screen ..................................................................................................... 58
Figure 42: Harmonics average histogram screen ....................................................................................... 60
Figure 43: Harmonics and inter-harmonics trend screen ........................................................................... 61
Figure 44: Flickers table screen................................................................................................................... 63
Figure 45: Flickers trend screen .................................................................................................................. 64
Figure 46: Phase diagram screen ................................................................................................................ 66
Figure 47: Unbalance diagram screen ........................................................................................................ 67
Figure 48: Symmetry trend screen ............................................................................................................. 68
Figure 49: Temperature meter screen ........................................................................................................ 69
Figure 50: Temperature trend screen ......................................................................................................... 70
10
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Table of contents
Figure 51: Under deviation and over deviation table screen ..................................................................... 70
Figure 52: Under-deviation and over-deviation TREND screen .................................................................. 71
Figure 53: Signalling meter screen .............................................................................................................. 73
Figure 54: Signalling trend screen............................................................................................................... 74
Figure 55: Signalling table screen ............................................................................................................... 75
Figure 56: General recorder setup screen .................................................................................................. 76
Figure 57: Triggering in waveform record .................................................................................................. 79
Figure 58: Waveform recorder setup screen .............................................................................................. 80
Figure 59: Waveform recorder capture screen .......................................................................................... 82
Figure 60: Waveform recorder screen ........................................................................................................ 82
Figure 61: Waveform recorder scope screen ............................................................................................. 82
Figure 62: Captured waveform recorder screen......................................................................................... 83
Figure 63: Transient recorder setup screen – MI 2893 .............................................................................. 86
Figure 64: Transient recorder setup screen – MI 2892/MI 2885................................................................ 88
Figure 65: Transient recorder capture screen (waiting phase/recording) – MI 2893 ................................ 90
Figure 66: Transient recorder capture screen (waiting phase/recording) – MI 2892/MI 2885 ................. 91
Figure 67: Captured Transient recorder screen .......................................................................................... 91
Figure 68: Captured transient recorder screen .......................................................................................... 92
Figure 69: Voltage events in group view screen ......................................................................................... 94
Figure 70: Voltage event in detail view screen ........................................................................................... 94
Figure 71: Voltage events screens .............................................................................................................. 96
Figure 72: Alarms list screen ....................................................................................................................... 98
Figure 73: RVC Events table group view screen.......................................................................................... 99
Figure 74: Inrush table group view screen................................................................................................ 101
Figure 75: E - Meter measuring accuracy comparison methods .............................................................. 102
Figure 76: PQI setup connection and Connection check .......................................................................... 102
Figure 77: E-Meter functionality under Recorder menu .......................................................................... 102
Figure 78: E-Meter Recorder menu .......................................................................................................... 103
Figure 79: E-Meter Recorder setup menu ................................................................................................ 104
Figure 80: Memory list screen (Folder structure) ..................................................................................... 106
Figure 81: Memory list screen (Recorder data) ........................................................................................ 107
Figure 82: Front page of General record in MEMORY LIST menu ............................................................ 110
Figure 83: Viewing recorder U,I,f TREND data .......................................................................................... 111
Figure 84: Front page of Snapshot in MEMORY LIST menu ...................................................................... 113
Figure 85: U,I,f meter screen in recalled snapshot record ....................................................................... 114
Figure 86: MEASUREMENT SETUP submenu ............................................................................................ 115
Figure 87: “CONNECTION SETUP” screen ................................................................................................. 116
Figure 88: Event setup screen .................................................................................................................. 121
Figure 89: Alarm setup screens ................................................................................................................ 122
Figure 90: Signalling setup screen ............................................................................................................ 124
Figure 91: RVC setup screen ..................................................................................................................... 125
Figure 92: Measuring Methods setup screen – MI 2893 .......................................................................... 126
Figure 93: Measuring Methods setup screen – MI 2892/MI 2885 ........................................................... 126
Figure 94: Transient setup screen – MI 2893 ........................................................................................... 127
Figure 95: Transient setup screen – MI 2892/MI 2885 ............................................................................ 127
Figure 96: GENERAL SETUP submenu ....................................................................................................... 128
Figure 97: Communication setup screen .................................................................................................. 129
Figure 98: Set date/time screen ............................................................................................................... 131
Figure 99: Language setup screen ............................................................................................................ 132
Figure 100: Instrument info screen – MI 2893 ......................................................................................... 132
Figure 101: Instrument info screen – MI 2892/MI 2885 .......................................................................... 133
Figure 102: Lock/Unlock screen ................................................................................................................ 134
11
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Table of contents
Figure 103: Locked instrument screen...................................................................................................... 135
Figure 104: Colour representation of phase voltages .............................................................................. 135
Figure 105: Backlight screen ..................................................................................................................... 136
Figure 106: Recommended measurement practice ................................................................................. 141
Figure 107: Connection setup menu......................................................................................................... 144
Figure 108: Choosing 3-phase 4-wire system on instrument ................................................................... 144
Figure 109: 3-phase 4-wire system ........................................................................................................... 145
Figure 110: Choosing 3-phase 3-wire system on instrument ................................................................... 145
Figure 111: 3-phase 3-wire system ........................................................................................................... 145
Figure 112: Choosing Open Delta (Aaron) 3-wire system on instrument................................................. 146
Figure 113: Open Delta (Aaron) 3-wire system ........................................................................................ 146
Figure 114: Choosing 1-phase 3-wire system on instrument ................................................................... 146
Figure 115: 1-phase 3-wire system ........................................................................................................... 147
Figure 116: Choosing 2-phase 4-wire system on instrument ................................................................... 147
Figure 117: 2-phase 4-wire system ........................................................................................................... 148
Figure 118: Choosing single- phase Inverter system on instrument ........................................................ 148
Figure 119: Single – phase inverter system .............................................................................................. 148
Figure 120: Choosing three- phase Inverter system on instrument ......................................................... 149
Figure 121: Three – phase inverter system .............................................................................................. 149
Figure 122: Voltage ratio for 11 kV / 110 transformer example ............................................................. 150
Figure 123: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system
(Aaron / OpenDelta) ................................................................................................................................. 150
Figure 124: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system (Delta
– Delta) ...................................................................................................................................................... 151
Figure 125: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system (Delta
– Star) ........................................................................................................................................................ 151
Figure 126: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system (Star
– Star) ........................................................................................................................................................ 152
Figure 127: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system (star
– delta) ...................................................................................................................................................... 152
Figure 128: Smart current clamps auto range selection ........................................................................... 153
Figure 129: Parallel feeding of large load ................................................................................................. 154
Figure 130: Current clamps selection for indirect current measurement ............................................... 155
Figure 131: Selecting 10% of current clamps range................................................................................. 155
Figure 132: Automatically recognised clamps setup ............................................................................... 156
Figure 133: Automatically recognised clamps status............................................................................... 156
Figure 134: Set time zone screen.............................................................................................................. 160
Figure 135: Schematic view on the remote measurements ..................................................................... 162
Figure 136: Internet connection setup screen.......................................................................................... 163
Figure 137: PowerView v3.0 remote connection settings form ............................................................... 164
Figure 138: PowerView v3.0 remote connection monitor ....................................................................... 165
Figure 139: PowerView connection to LAN and Metrel Server established (Steps 1 & 2) ....................... 166
Figure 140: Remote instrument connection to Metrel Server established (Step 3) ................................ 167
Figure 141: Remote instrument connection to PowerView v3.0 established (Step 4)............................. 168
Figure 142: Active connection indication ................................................................................................. 168
Figure 143: Remote connection icon ........................................................................................................ 169
Figure 144: Detection of the instrument type .......................................................................................... 169
Figure 145: Selecting records from a list for download ............................................................................ 170
Figure 146: Real time scope window in remote connection, with several channels selected ................. 171
Figure 147: Remote Instrument Configuration form ................................................................................ 172
Figure 148: Remote Recorder configuration ............................................................................................ 173
Figure 149: Recording in progress ............................................................................................................ 174
12
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Table of contents
Figure 150: Phase and Phase-to-phase voltage ........................................................................................ 183
Figure 151: IEEE 1459 phase power measurement organisation (phase) ................................................ 185
Figure 152: IEEE 1459 phase power measurement organisation (totals)................................................. 185
Figure 153: Vector representation of total power calculus ...................................................................... 190
Figure 154: Arithmetic representation of total power calculus ............................................................... 190
Figure 155: Energy counters and quadrant relationship .......................................................................... 193
Figure 156: Instrument energy counters .................................................................................................. 193
Figure 157: Current and voltage harmonics ............................................................................................. 194
Figure 158: Illustration of harmonics / interharmonics subgroup for 50 Hz supply................................. 195
Figure 159: Voltage fluctuation ................................................................................................................ 196
Figure 160:URms(1/2) 1-cycle measurement ................................................................................................ 199
Figure 161: Voltage events definition ....................................................................................................... 199
Figure 162:Voltage dip related screens on the instrument ...................................................................... 200
Figure 163:Voltage interrupts related screens on the instrument ........................................................... 201
Figure 164: RVC event description ............................................................................................................ 203
Figure 165: Synchronization and aggregation of 10/12 cycle intervals .................................................... 204
Figure 166: Avg vs. Avgon, switching load current ................................................................................... 206
Figure 167: Consumed/generated and inductive/capacitive phase/polarity diagram ............................. 207
Figure 168: Flagging data indicate that aggregated value might be unreliable ....................................... 208
Figure 169: Triggering and pre-triggering description .............................................................................. 209
Figure 170: Voltage Event Triggering ........................................................................................................ 210
Figure 171: Voltage Level Triggering......................................................................................................... 210
Figure 172: Current Level Triggering (Inrush) ........................................................................................... 211
Figure 173: Waveform recorder setup for triggering on voltage events.................................................. 211
Figure 174: Level triggering ...................................................................................................................... 212
Figure 175: Triggering slope...................................................................................................................... 212
Figure 176: Transients trigger detection (envelope) ................................................................................ 213
Figure 177: Transients trigger detection (level)........................................................................................ 213
Figure 178: Mains signalling voltage level limits according to EN50160 .................................................. 215
Figure 179: Predefined EN50160 recorder configuration......................................................................... 217
Figure 180: General Recorder setup to allow auto-recording restart, when reaches maximum file length
.................................................................................................................................................................. 234
Figure 181: Battery compartment ............................................................................................................ 238
Figure 182: Closing the battery compartment cover ................................................................................ 239
Figure 183: PowerView update function .................................................................................................. 240
Figure 184: Selecting USB communication ............................................................................................... 241
Figure 185: Check for Firmware menu ..................................................................................................... 241
Figure 186: Check for Firmware menu ..................................................................................................... 241
Figure 187: New firmware is available for download ............................................................................... 242
Figure 188: FlashMe firmware upgrade software .................................................................................... 242
Figure 189: FlashMe configuration screen ............................................................................................... 243
Figure 190: FlashMe programming screen ............................................................................................... 244
13
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Introduction
1 Introduction
MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 are handheld multifunction instrument for power quality analysis, high speed
transient capturing (MI 2893), transient capturing (MI 2892/MI 2885) and troubleshooting as well as
energy efficiency measurements.
Figure 1: Power Master XT instrument
Product differentiation:
MI 2893/2892/2885 sharing same measuring hardware and firmware platform.
MI 2893 – Class A Power Quality Instrument with additional transient measuring board with sampling
period 1 MHz
MI 2892 - Class A Power Quality Instrument with transient measurement on measuring board with
sampling period 49 kHz
MI 2885 - Class S specified Power Quality Instrument with transient measurement on measuring board
with sampling period 49 kHz
Note:
The appearance of the product is outwardly the same. The only differences are in the marking labels and
the front plates.
14
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Main Features
Figure 2: Front plates and marking labels
1.1 Main Features
•
Full compliance with power quality standard IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (MI 2893/MI 2892)
•
Full compliance with power quality standard IEC 61000-4-30 Class S (MI 2885)
•
Simple and powerful recorder with microSD memory card (sizes up to 32 GB are supported).
•
4 voltage channels with wide measurement range: up to 1000 Vrms, CAT III / 1000 V, with
support for medium and high voltage systems.
•
Simultaneous voltage and current (8 channels) sampling, 16-bit AD conversion for accurate
power measurements and minimal phase shift error.
•
4 current channels with support for automatic clamp recognition and automatic range selection.
•
Compliance with IEC 61557-12 and IEEE 1459 (Combined, fundamental, nonfundamental power)
and IEC 62053-21 (Energy).
•
High speed transient sampling > 1MSamples/sec simultaneously on all 8 channels (4xU & 4xI)
(MI 2893)
•
Transient selection between N /GND (MI 2893)
•
Transient recorder with envelope or level triggering, with sampling frequency 49 kHz (MI 2892
/MI 2885)
•
4.3’’ TFT colour display.
•
Waveform/inrush recorder, which can be triggered on Event/Alarms/Level U/Level I/Interval;
transient recorder for phase/neutral lines (voltage and current simultaneously) with level and
envelope trigger selection run simultaneously with general recorder.
15
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Safety considerations
•
Support for 50Hz, 60Hz, 400Hz system frequency and direct VFD (variable frequency drives)
measurement
•
Measuring the accuracy of electric meters (electronic and mechanical) (MI 2892/MI 2885)
•
PC Software PowerView v3.0 is an integral part of a measuring system which provides easiest
way to download, view and analyse measured data or print reports.
o PowerView v3.0 analyser exposes a simple but powerful interface for downloading
instrument data and getting quick, intuitive and descriptive analysis. Interface has been
organized to allow quick selection of data using a Windows Explorer-like tree view.
o User can easily download recorded data, and organize it into multiple sites with many
sub-sites or locations.
o Generate charts, tables and graphs for your power quality data analysing, and create
professional printed reports.
o Export or copy / paste data to other applications (e.g. spreadsheet) for further analysis.
o Multiple data records can be displayed and analysed simultaneously.
o Merge different logging data into one measurement, synchronize data recorded with
different instruments with time offsets, split logging data into multiple measurements,
or extract data of interest.
o Instrument remote access over internet connection.
1.2 Safety considerations
To ensure operator safety while using the MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 instruments and to minimize the
risk of damage to the instrument, please note the following general warnings:
The instrument has been designed to ensure maximum operator safety. Usage in a way
other than specified in this manual may increase the risk of harm to the operator!
Do not use the instrument and/or accessories if any visible damage is noticed!
The instrument contains no user serviceable parts. Only an authorized dealer can carry out
service or adjustment!
All normal safety precautions have to be taken in order to avoid risk of electric shock when
working on electrical installations!
Only use approved accessories which are available from your distributor!
Instrument contains rechargeable NiMH batteries. The batteries should only be replaced
with the same type as defined on the battery placement label or in this manual. Do not use
standard batteries while power supply adapter/charger is connected, otherwise they may
explode!
Hazardous voltages exist inside the instrument. Disconnect all test leads, remove the power
supply cable and switch off the instrument before removing battery compartment cover.
Maximum nominal voltage between any phase and neutral input is 1000 VRMS. Maximum
nominal voltage between phases is 1730 VRMS.
Always short unused voltage inputs (L1, L2, L3, GND) with neutral (N) input to prevent
measurement errors and false event triggering due to noise coupling.
16
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Applicable standards
Do not remove microSD memory card while instrument is recording or reading data. Record
damage and card failure can occur.
1.3 Applicable standards
The MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 are designed and tested in accordance with the following standards:
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
EN 61326-2-2: 2021
Safety (LVD)
EN 61010-1: 2010 + A1:2019
EN 61010-2-030: 2021 + A11:2021
EN 61010-031: 2015 + A1:2021 +
A11:2021
EN 61010-2-032: 2021 + A11:2021
Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory
use – EMC requirements –
Part 2-2: Particular requirements - Test configurations,
operational conditions and performance criteria for portable
test, measuring and monitoring equipment used in lowvoltage distribution systems
• Emission: Class A equipment (for industrial purposes)
• Immunity for equipment intended for use in industrial
locations
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control and laboratory use –
Part 1: General requirements
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control and laboratory use –
Part 2-030: Particular requirements for testing and measuring
circuits
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control and laboratory use –
Part 031: Safety requirements for hand-held probe assemblies
for electrical measurement and test
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control and laboratory use
Part 032: Particular requirements for hand-held and
hand-manipulated current sensors for electrical test and
measurement
Measurement methods
IEC 61000-4-30: 2015 + A1:2021
Class A
IEC 61557-12: 2018 + A1:2021
IEC 61000-4-7: 2002 + A1: 2008
IEC 61000-4-15: 2010/ISH1:2017
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) –
Part 4-30: Testing and measurement techniques - Power
quality measurement methods
Electrical safety in low voltage distribution systems up to 1 000
V a.c. and 1 500 V d.c. - Equipment for testing, measuring or
monitoring of protective measures – Part 12: Performance
measuring and monitoring devices (PMD)
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) –
Part 4-7: Testing and measurement techniques –General guide
on harmonics and inter-harmonics measurements and
instrumentation for power supply systems and equipment
connected thereto
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) –
Part 4-15: Testing and measurement techniques – Flicker
meter – Functional and design specifications
17
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
IEC 62053-21: 2020
IEC 62053-23: 2020
IEEE 1459: 2010
EN 50160: 2010
GOST R 54149: 2010
Abbreviations
Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Particular requirements
- Part 21: Static meters for active energy (classes 1 and 2)
Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Particular requirements
- Part 23: Static meters for reactive energy (classes 2 and 3)
IEEE Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric
Power Quantities Under Sinusoidal, Non-sinusoidal, Balanced,
or Unbalanced Conditions
Voltage characteristics of electricity supplied by public
electricity networks
Electric energy. Electromagnetic compatibility of technical
equipment. Power quality limits in the public power supply
systems
Note about EN and IEC standards:
Text of this manual contains references to European standards. All standards of EN 6XXXX (e.g. EN
61010) series are equivalent to IEC standards with the same number (e.g. IEC 61010) and differ only in
amended parts required by European harmonization procedure.
1.4 Abbreviations
In this document following symbols and abbreviations are used:
CFI
Current crest factor, including CFIp (phase p current crest factor) and
CFIN (neutral current crest factor). See 5.1.3 for definition.
CFU
Voltage crest factor, including CFUpg (phase p to phase g voltage
crest factor) and CFUp (phase p to neutral voltage crest factor). See
5.1.2 for definition.
Instantaneous phase power displacement (fundamental) power
factor or cos , including DPFpind (phase p power displacement).
DPFind/cap
Minus sign indicates generated power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap represents inductive/capacitive
character.
Recorded phase displacement (fundamental) power factor or cos ,
including DPFpind/cap (phase p power displacement).
-P
+P
900
+Q
DPFcap-
ad
I
II
Le
DPFind+
00
-Q
DPFind-
DPFcap+
III
IV
g
1800
La
DPFind/cap
Minus sign indicates generated
power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap
represents inductive/ capacitive
character. This parameter is recorded
separately for each quadrant as
shown on figure. See 5.1.5 for
definition.
2700
DPFatotind
Instantaneous total arithmetic displacement (fundamental) power
factor.
DPFatotcap
Minus sign indicates generated power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap represents inductive/capacitive
character. See 5.1.6 for definition.
DPFatotind
Recorded total arithmetic fundamental power factor.
18
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
DPFatotcap
DPFvtotind
DPFvtotcap
Abbreviations
-P
Minus sign indicates generated power
and plus sign indicates consumed
power. Suffix ind/cap represents
inductive/capacitive character. This
parameter is recorded separately as
shown on figure. See 5.1.6 for
definition.
+P
900
+Q
I
II
180 0
DPFatotcap- DPFatotind+
00
DPFatotind- DPFatotcap+
III
-Q
IV
2700
Instantaneous positive sequence total vector displacement
(fundamental) power factor.
Minus sign indicates generated power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap represents inductive/capacitive
character. See 5.1.6 for definition.
Recorded total vector fundamental
power factor.
-P
+P
900
+Q
DPF totind
+
DPF totcap
+
180
III
-Q
Instantaneous positive sequence fundamental power factor.
Minus sign indicates generated power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap represents inductive/capacitive
character. See 5.1.5 for definition.
+P
900
+Q
I
II
1800
ad
Dı
Minus sign indicates generated power
and plus sign indicates consumed
power. Suffix ind/cap represents
inductive/capacitive character. This
parameter is recorded separately as
shown on figure. See 5.1.5 for
definition.
-P
Le
DPF+totcap
IV
2700
Recorded total positive sequence
fundamental power factor.
DPF+totind
00
DPFvtotind- DPFvtotcap+
DPF+totcap- DPF+totind+
+
-Q
III
IV
2700
Phase current distortion power, including Dıp (phase p current
distortion power). See 5.1.5 section: Modern Power measurement
Standard compliance: IEEE 1459-2010 for definition.
Deı
Total effective current distortion power. See 5.1.5 section: Modern
Power measurement
Standard compliance: IEEE 1459-2010 for definition.
DH
Phase harmonics distortion power, including DHp (phase p
harmonics distortion power). See 5.1.5 section: Modern Power
measurement
Standard compliance: IEEE 1459-2010 for definition.
19
00
DPF+totind- DPF totcap+
g
DPFvtotcap
I
II
0 DPFvtotcap- DPFvtotind+
La
DPFvtotind

Minus sign indicates generated power
and plus sign indicates consumed
power. Suffix ind/cap represents
inductive/capacitive character. This
parameter is recorded separately as
shown on figure. See 5.1.6 for
definition.
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Abbreviations
Total effective harmonics distortion power. See 5.1.5 section: Total
nonfundamental power measurements for definition.
DeH
Phase voltage distortion power, including Dᴠp (phase p voltage
distortion power). See 5.1.5 section: Modern Power measurement
Dᴠ
Standard compliance: IEEE 1459-2010 for definition.
Deᴠtot
Total effective voltage distortion power. See 5.1.5 section: Modern
Power measurement
Standard compliance: IEEE 1459-2010 for definition.
Ep
Recorded phase combined (fundamental and nonfundamental)
active energy, including Epp+/- (phase p active energy). Minus sign
indicates generated energy and plus sign indicates consumed
energy. See 5.1.6 for definition.
Eptot
Recorded total combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) active
energy. Minus sign indicates generated and plus sign indicates
consumed energy. See 5.1.6 for definition.
Recorded phase fundamental reactive energy, including Eqp+/(phase p reactive energy). Minus sign indicates generated and plus
sign indicates consumed energy. See 5.1.6 for definition.
Eq
Eqtot
Recorded total fundamental reactive energy. Minus sign indicates
generated and plus sign indicates consumed energy. See 5.1.6 for
definition.
Effinv
Photovoltaic inverter efficiency
f, freq
Frequency, including freqU12 (voltage frequency on U12), freqU1
(voltage frequency on U1 and freqI1 (current frequency on I1). See
5.1.4 for definition.
i-
Negative sequence current ratio (%). See 5.1.11 for definition.
i0
Zero sequence current ratio (%). See 5.1.11 for definition.
I+
Positive sequence current component on three phase systems. See
5.1.11 for definition.
I-
Negative sequence current component on three phase systems. See
5.1.11 for definition.

I0
IRms(1/2)
Zero sequence current components on three phase systems. See
5.1.11 for definition.
RMS current measured over 1 cycle, commencing at a fundamental
zero crossing on an associated voltage channel, and refreshed each
half-cycle, including IpRms(1/2) (phase p current), INRms(1/2) (neutral RMS
current)
Ifund
Fundamental RMS current Ih1 (on 1st harmonics), including Ifundp
(phase p fundamental RMS current) and IfundN (neutral RMS
fundamental current). See 5.1.8 for definition
Ihn
nth current RMS harmonic component including Iphn (phase p; nth
RMS current harmonic component) and INhn (neutral nth RMS current
harmonic component). See 5.1.8 for definition
20
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Abbreviations
Iihn
nth current RMS inter-harmonic component including Ipihn (phase p;
nth RMS current inter-harmonic component) and INihn (neutral nth
RMS current inter-harmonic component). See 5.1.8 for definition
INom
Nominal current. Current of clamp-on current sensor for 1 Vrms at
output.
IPk
Peak current, including IpPk (phase p current) including INPk (neutral
peak current)
IRms
RMS current, including IpRms (phase p current), INRms (neutral RMS
current). See 5.1.3 for definition.
Irmsinv
Photovoltaic inverter RMS current
Iacinv
Photovoltaic inverter AC current
Idcinv
Photovoltaic inverter DC current
P
Instantaneous phase active combined
(fundamental and nonfundamental)
power, including Pp (phase p active
power). Minus sign indicates generated
and plus sign indicates consumed
power. See 5.1.5 for definitions.
900
+P
ad
I
Le
II
-P
00
1800
-P
IV
270
La
III
g
+P
0
Recorded phase active (fundamental and nonfundamental) power,
including Pp (phase p active power). Minus sign indicates generated
and plus sign indicates consumed power. See 5.1.5 for definitions.
II
I
-Ptot
+Ptot
ad
00
1800
-Ptot
+Ptot
III
IV
270
g
Ptot
900
Le
Instantaneous total active combined
(fundamental and nonfundamental)
power. Minus sign indicates
generated and plus sign indicates
consumed power. See 5.1.5 for
definitions.
La
P
0
Ptot
Recorded total active (fundamental and nonfundamental) power.
Minus sign indicates generated and plus sign indicates consumed
power. See 5.1.5 for definitions.
Pfund
Instantaneous active fundamental power, including Pfundp (phase
p active fundamental power). Minus sign indicates generated and
plus sign indicates consumed power. See 5.1.5 for definitions.

Pfund
Recorded phase active fundamental power, including Pfundp (phase
p active fundamental power). Minus sign indicates generated and
plus sign indicates consumed power. See 5.1.5 for definitions.
P+, P+tot
Instantaneous positive sequence of total active fundamental power.
Minus sign indicates generated and plus sign indicates consumed
power.
+
See 5.1.5 for definitions.
21
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
P+tot
Abbreviations
Recorded positive sequence of total active fundamental power.
Minus sign indicates generated and plus sign indicates positive
sequence of consumed power.
See 5.1.5 for definitions.
Instantaneous phase active harmonic power, including PHp (phase p
active harmonic power). Minus sign indicates generated and plus
sign indicates consumed power. See 5.1.5 for definitions.
PH
Recorded phase active harmonics power, including PHp (phase p
active harmonic power). Minus sign indicates generated and plus
sign indicates consumed power. See 5.1.5 for definitions.
PH
PHtot
Instantaneous total active harmonic power. Minus sign indicates
generated and plus sign indicates consumed power. See 5.1.5 for
definitions.
PHtot
Recorded total active harmonics power. Minus sign indicates
generated and plus sign indicates consumed active power. See 5.1.5
for definitions.
PFind
Instantaneous phase combined
(fundamental and nonfundamental)
power factor, including PFpind/cap
(phase p power factor). Minus sign
indicates generated power and plus
sign indicates consumed power.
Suffix ind/cap represents
inductive/capacitive character.
+P
900
+Q
ad
I
II
-PFcap
Le
+PFind
00
1800
+PFcap
-PFind
III
-Q
IV
270
g
PFcap
-P
La

0
Note: PF = DPF when harmonics are
not present. See 5.1.5 for definition.
PFatotind
PFatotcap
+Q
I
II
PFind+
1800
Minus sign indicates generated
power and plus sign indicates
PFcap+
PFindconsumed power. Suffix ind/cap
III
IV
-Q
represents inductive/ capacitive
0
270
character. This parameter is
recorded separately for each quadrant as shown on figure.
Instantaneous total arithmetic combined (fundamental and
nonfundamental) power factor.
Minus sign indicates generated power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap represents inductive/capacitive
character. See 5.1.6 for definition.
22
00
g
PFcap-
La
PFcap
+P
900
ad
PFind
-P
Le
Recorded phase combined
(fundamental and nonfundamental)
power factor.
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Abbreviations
Recorded total arithmetic combined
(fundamental and nonfundamental)
power factor.
PFetotind
PFetotcap
PFvtotind
PFvtotcap
PFvtotind
PFvtotcap

III
-Q
IV
2700
Minus sign indicates generated power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap represents inductive/capacitive
character. See 5.1.5 for definition.
Minus sign indicates generated
power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap
represents inductive/capacitive
character. This parameter is
recorded separately for each
quadrant as shown on figure.
-P
+P
900
+Q
I
II
PFetotcap-
PFetotind+
00
1800
+
PFetotind- PFetotcap
III
-Q
IV
270
0
Instantaneous total vector combined (fundamental and
nonfundamental) power factor.
Minus sign indicates generated power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap represents inductive/capacitive
character. See 5.1.6 for definition.
Recorded total vector combined
(fundamental and nonfundamental)
power factor.

+
PFatotind- PFatotcap
ad
PFetotcap

00
180 0
Le
PFetotind
I
II
PFatotcap- PFatotind+
Instantaneous total effective combined (fundamental and
nonfundamental) power factor.
Recorded total effective combined
(fundamental and nonfundamental)
power factor.

+Q
g
PFatotcap
Minus sign indicates generated
power and plus sign indicates
consumed power. Suffix ind/cap
represents inductive/capacitive
character. This parameter is recorded
separately for each quadrant as
shown on figure.
+P
900
La
PFatotind
-P
Minus sign indicates generated power
and plus sign indicates consumed
power. Suffix ind/cap represents
inductive/capacitive character. This
parameter is recorded separately for
each quadrant as shown on figure.
-P
+P
900
+Q
I
II
PFvtotcap
-
PFvtotind+
180 0
+
PFvtotind- PFvtotcap
-Q
III
IV
2700
Pinv+
Photovoltaic inverter Active Power positive
Pinv-
Photovoltaic inverter Active Power negative
Pdcinv+
Photovoltaic inverter Active Power DC positive
Pdcinv-
Photovoltaic inverter Active Power DC negative
R.F.
Ripple Factor – ratio between rms AC component value and DC
component; presented at INV-1W and INV-3W connection
23
00
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Abbreviations
Sacinv+
Photovoltaic inverter Apparent Power AC positive
Sacinv-
Photovoltaic inverter Apparent Power AC negative
Plt
Phase long term flicker (2 hours), including Pltpg (phase p to phase g
long term voltage flicker) and Pltp (phase p to neutral long-term
voltage flicker). See 5.1.10 for definition.
Pst
Short term flicker (10 minutes) including Pstpg (phase p to phase g
short term voltage flicker) and Pstp (phase p to neutral voltage
flicker). See 5.1.10 for definition.
Pst(1min)
Short term flicker (1 minute) including Pst(1min)pg (phase p to phase g
short term voltage flicker) and Pst(1min)p (phase p to neutral voltage
flicker). See 5.1.10 for definition.
Pinst
Instantaneous flicker including Pinstpg (phase p to phase g
instantaneous voltage flicker) and Pinstp (phase p to instantaneous
voltage flicker). See 5.1.10 for definition.
N
Instantaneous combined (fundamental and nonfundamental)
nonactive phase power including Np (phase p nonactive phase
power). Minus sign indicates generated and plus sign indicate
consumed nonactive power. See 5.1.5 for definition.
-P
0
+P
Le
90
Recorded phase combined
+Q
(fundamental and nonfundamental)
I
II
nonactive power including Ncap/indp
+
Ncap
Nind+
(phase p nonactive phase power).
00
1800
Suffix ind/cap represents
NcapNindinductive/capacitive character. Minus
III
IV
sign indicates generated and plus sign -Q
indicates consumed fundamental
2700
reactive power. This parameter is
recorded separately for each quadrant as shown on figure. See 5.1.5
for definition.
Ntot
Ntotind
Ntotcap
Natot
La
Ncap
g
ad
Nind
Instantaneous combined (fundamental and nonfundamental)
nonactive total vector power. Minus sign indicates generated and
plus sign indicate consumed nonactive power. See 5.1.5 for
definition.
Recorded total vector combined
-P
+P
900
(fundamental and nonfundamental)
+Q
nonactive power. Suffix ind/cap
I
II
+
represents inductive/capacitive
Ntotcap
Ntotcap +
character. Minus sign indicates
00
180 0
generated and plus sign indicates
Ntotcap Ntotcap consumed combined nonactive
III
IV
-Q
power. This parameter is recorded
2700
separately for each quadrant as
shown on figure. See 5.1.5 for definition.
Instantaneous combined (fundamental and nonfundamental)
nonactive total arithmetic power. Minus sign indicates generated
and plus sign indicate consumed nonactive power. See 5.1.6 for
definition.
24
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Qfund
Qvfundtot
Qvfundtotind
Qvfundtotcap
Qafundtot
Qafundtot
Qafundtot
Q+totcap
Q+totind
Q+totind
Q+totcap
-P
+P
900
+Q
I
II
Qcap
180
+
ad
Qfundcap
Recorded phase fundamental reactive
power. Suffix ind/cap represents
inductive/capacitive character. Minus
sign indicates generated and plus sign
indicates consumed fundamental
reactive power. This parameter is
recorded separately for each
quadrant as shown on figure. See
5.1.5 for definition.
Le
Qfundind
Instantaneous fundamental reactive phase power including Qp
(phase p reactive phase power). Minus sign indicates generated and
plus sign indicates consumed fundamental reactive power. See 5.1.5
for definition.
Qind+
00
0
Qcap-
Qind-
III
-Q
IV
270
g
Natotcap
Recorded total arithmetic combined (fundamental and
nonfundamental) nonactive power. Minus sign indicates generated
and plus sign indicates consumed combined nonactive power. This
parameter is recorded separately for generated and consumed
nonactive power.
La
Natotind

Abbreviations
0
Instantaneous fundamental total vector reactive power. Minus sign
indicates generated and plus sign indicates consumed fundamental
reactive power. See 5.1.6 for definition.
Recorded total fundamental vector
reactive power. Suffix ind/cap
represents inductive/capacitive
character. Minus sign indicates
generated and plus sign indicates
consumed fundamental reactive
power. This parameter is recorded
separately for each quadrant as
shown on figure. See 5.1.6 for
definition.
-P
+P
900
+Q
I
II
+
+
0
1800 Qfundtotcap Qfundtotcap 0
Qfundtotcap
-Q
- Qfundtotcap -
III
IV
2700
Instantaneous fundamental total arithmetic reactive power. See
5.1.6 for definition.
Recorded fundamental total arithmetic reactive power. See 5.1.6
for definition.
Instantaneous positive sequence of total fundamental reactive
power. Suffix ind/cap represents inductive/ capacitive character.
Minus sign indicates generated and plus sign indicates consumed
reactive power. See 5.1.5 for definition.
Recorded positive sequence of total fundamental reactive power.
Suffix ind/cap represents inductive/capacitive character. Minus sign
indicates generated and plus sign indicates consumed reactive
power. This parameter is recorded separately for each quadrant.
25
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Abbreviations
S
Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) phase apparent
power including Sp (phase p apparent power). See 5.1.5 for
definition.
Satot
Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) total arithmetic
apparent power. See 5.1.6 for definition.
Setot
Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) total effective
apparent power. See 5.1.5 for definition.
Svtot
Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) total vector
apparent power. See 5.1.6 for definition.
Sfund
Phase fundamental apparent power, including Sfundp (phase p
fundamental apparent power). See 5.1.5 for definition.
Safundtot
Fundamental total arithmetic apparent power. See 5.1.6 for
definition.
Svfundtot
Fundamental total vector apparent power. See 5.1.6 for definition.
S+tot
Positive sequence of total fundamental apparent power. See 5.1.5
for definition.
Sᴜfundtot
Unbalanced fundamental apparent power. See 5.1.5 for definition.
Sɴ
Phase nonfundamental apparent power, including Sɴp (phase p
nonfundamental apparent power). See 5.1.5 for definition.
Seɴ
Total nonfundamental effective apparent power. See 5.1.5 for
definition.
Sн
Phase harmonic apparent power, including Sнp (phase p harmonic
apparent power). See 5.1.5 for definition.
Seнtot
Total harmonic effective apparent power. See 5.1.5 for definition.
THDI
Total harmonic distortion current (in % or A), including THDIp (phase
p current THD) and THDIN (neutral current THD). See 5.1.8 for
definition
THDU
Total harmonic distortion voltage related (in % or V) including
THDUpg (phase p to phase g voltage THD) and THDUp (phase p to
neutral voltage THD). See 5.1.11 for definition.
u-
Negative sequence voltage ratio (%). See 5.1.11 for definition.
u0
Zero sequence voltage ratio (%). See 5.1.11 for definition.
U, URms
RMS voltage, including Upg (phase p to phase g voltage) and Up
(phase p to neutral voltage). See 5.1.2 for definition.
Urmsinv
Photovoltaic inverter RMS voltage
Uacinv
Photovoltaic inverter AC voltage
Udcinv
Photovoltaic inverter DC voltage
U+
Positive sequence voltage component on three phase systems. See
5.1.11 for definition.
U-
Negative sequence voltage component on three phase systems. See
5.1.11 for definition.
26
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Abbreviations
U0
Zero sequence voltage component on three phase systems. See
5.1.11 for definition.
UDip
Minimal URms(1/2) voltage measured during dip occurrence
Ufund
Fundamental RMS voltage (Uh1 on 1st harmonics), including Ufundpg
(phase p to phase g fundamental RMS voltage) and Ufundp (phase p
to neutral fundamental RMS voltage). See 5.1.8 for definition
UhN,
nth voltage RMS harmonic component including UpghN (phase p to
phase g voltage nth RMS harmonic component) and UphN (phase p to
neutral voltage nth RMS harmonic component). See 5.1.8 for
definition.
UihN
nth voltage RMS interharmonic voltage component including UpgihN
(phase p to phase g voltage nth RMS interharmonic component) and
UpihN (phase p to neutral voltage nth RMS interharmonic
component). See 5.1.8 for definition.
UInt
Minimal URms(1/2) voltage measured during interrupt occurrence.
UNom
Nominal voltage, normally a voltage by which network is designated
or identified.
UOver
Voltage over-deviation, difference between the measured value and
the nominal value of a voltage, only when the measured value is
greater than the nominal value. Voltage over-deviation measured
over recorded interval, expressed in % of nominal voltage including
UpgOver (phase p to phase g voltage) and UpOver (phase p to neutral
voltage). See 5.1.12 for details.
UPk
Peak voltage, including UpgPk (phase p to phase g voltage) and UpPk
(phase p to neutral voltage)
URms(1/2)
RMS voltage refreshed each half-cycle, including UpgRms(1/2) (phase p
to phase g half-cycle voltage) and UpRms(1/2) (phase p to neutral halfcycle voltage). See 5.1.12 for definition.
USwell
Maximal URms(1/2) voltage measured during swell occurrence.
USig
Mains signalling RMS voltage, including USigpg (phase p to phase g
half-cycle signalling voltage) and USigp (phase p to neutral half-cycle
signalling voltage). Signalling is a burst of signals, often applied at a
non-harmonic frequency, that remotely control equipment. See
5.2.6 for details.
UUnder
∆Umax
Voltage under-deviation, difference between the measured value
and the nominal value of a voltage, only when the voltage is lower
than the nominal value. Voltage under-deviation measured over
recorded interval and expressed in % of nominal voltage, including
UpgUnder (phase p to phase g voltage) and UpUnder (phase p to neutral
voltage). See 5.1.12 for details.
Maximum absolute difference between any of the URms(1/2) values
during the RVC event and the final arithmetic mean 100/120 URms(1/2)
value just prior to the RVC event. For poly-phase systems, the ∆Umax
is the largest ∆Umax on any channel. See 5.1.15 for details.
27
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
∆Uss
Abbreviations
Absolute difference between the final arithmetic mean
100/120 URms(1/2) value just prior to the RVC event and the first
arithmetic mean 100/120 URms(1/2) value after the RVC event. For
poly-phase systems, the ∆Uss is the largest ∆Uss on any channel. See
5.1.15 for details.
28
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Description
2 Description
2.1 Front panel
Figure 3: Front panel
Front panel layout:
1. LCD
Colour TFT display, 4.3-inch, 480 x 272 pixels.
2. F1 – F4
Function keys.
3. ARROW keys
Moves cursor and select parameters.
4. ENTER key
Step into submenu.
5. ESC key
Exits any procedure, confirms new settings.
6. SHORTCUT keys
Quick access to main instrument functions.
7. LIGHT key
(BEEP OFF)
8. ON-OFF key
Adjust LCD backlight intensity: high/low//off
If the LIGHT key is pressed for more than 1.5 seconds, beeper will be
disabled. Press & hold again to enable it.
Turns on/off the instrument.
9. COVER
Communication ports and microSD card slot protection.
29
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connector panel
2.2 Connector panel
1
Warnings!
Use safety test leads only!
N
Max. permissible nominal voltage between
voltage input terminals and ground is 1000 VRMS !
Max. short-term voltage of external power supply
adapter is 14 V!
3
2
Figure 4:Top connector panel
Top connector panel layout:
1
2
3
Clamp-on current transformers (I1, I2, I3, IN ) input terminals.
Voltage (L1, L2, L3, N, GND) input terminals.
12 V external power socket.
1
2
3
4
Figure 5: Side connector panel
Side connector panel layout:
1
2
3
4
MicroSD card slot.
GPS serial / Photo – scanning head connector.
Ethernet connector.
USB connector.
30
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Bottom view
2.3 Bottom view
1
2
3
Figure 6: Bottom view
Bottom view layout:
1. Battery compartment cover.
2. Battery compartment screw (unscrew to replace the batteries).
3. Serial number label.
2.4 Accessories
2.4.1 Standard accessories
Table 1: MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 standard accessories
Description
Flexible current clamp 3000 A / 300 A / 30 A (A 1227/A 1502)
Temperature probe (A 1354)
Colour coded test probe
Colour coded crocodile clip
Colour coded voltage measurement lead
USB cable
RS232 cable
Ethernet cable
12 V / 3 A Power supply adapter
NiMH rechargeable battery, type HR 6 (AA)
Professional protective waterproof case (A 1685) (MI 2893/MI 2892)
Soft carrying bag (MI 2885)
Compact disc (CD) with PowerView v3.0 and manuals
Pieces
4
1
5
5
5
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
2.4.2 Optional accessories
See the attached sheet for a list of optional accessories that are available on request from your distributor.
31
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Operating the instrument
3 Operating the instrument
This section describes how to operate the instrument. The instrument front panel consists of a colour
LCD display and keypad. Measured data and instrument status are shown on the display. Basic display
symbols and keys description is shown on figure below.
Figure 7: Display symbols and keys description
During measurement campaign various screens can be displayed. Most screens share common labels
and symbols. These are shown on figure below.
Figure 8: Common display symbols and labels during measurement campaign
32
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Instrument status bar
3.1 Instrument status bar
Instrument’s status bar is placed on the top of the screen. It indicates different instrument states. Icon
descriptions are shown on table below.
Figure 9: Instrument status bar
Table 2: Instrument status bar description
Indicates battery charge level.
Indicates that charger is connected to the instrument. Batteries will be charged
automatically when charger is present.
Instrument is locked (see section 3.24.5 for details).
18:07
AD converter over range. Selected Nominal voltage or current clamps range is too
small.
Current time.
GPS module status (Optional accessory A 1355):
GPS module detected but reporting invalid time and position data.
(Searching for satellites or too weak satellite signal).
GPS time valid – valid satellite GPS time signal.
Instrument act as host USB, and is ready to accept USB memory stick.
One of the current clamps has opposite direction from the expected.
Internet connection status (see section 4.3 for details):
Internet connection is not available.
Instrument is connected to the internet and ready for communication.
Instrument is connected to the PowerView.
Recorder status:
General recorder is active, waiting for trigger.
General recorder is active, recording in progress.
Waveform recorder is active, waiting for trigger.
Waveform recorder is active, recording in progress.
Transient recorder is active, waiting for trigger.
Transient recorder is active, recording in progress.
E-Meter recorder is active, waiting for trigger.
33
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Instrument keys
E-Meter recorder is active, E-Meter accuracy test in progress.
Alarm detected, recording in progress
Event detected, recording in progress
Inrush detected, recording in progress
RVC detected, recording in progress
Signalling detected, recording in progress
Transient detected, recording in progress
Memory list recall. Shown screen is recalled from instrument memory.
Flagged data mark. While observing recorded data this mark will indicate that
observed measurement results for given time interval can be compromised due to
interrupt, dip or swells occurrence. See section 5.1.17 for further explanation.
Signalling voltage is present on voltage line at monitored frequencies. See sections
3.13 and 3.23.4 for further explanation.
USB stick communication mode. In this mode selected record can be transferred
from microSD card to USB stick. USB communication with PC is disabled while in this
mode. See section 3.22 for details.
3.2 Instrument keys
Instrument keyboard is divided into four subgroups:
• Function keys
• Shortcut keys
• Menu/zoom manipulation keys: Cursors, Enter, Escape
• Other keys: Light and Power on/off keys
F1
F2
F3
F4
Function keys
are multifunctional. Their current function is
shown at the bottom of the screen and depends on selected instrument function.
Shortcut keys are shown in table below. They provide quick access to the most common instrument
functions.
Table 3: Shortcut Keys and other Function keys
UIf
Shows UIF Meter screen from MEASUREMENT submenu
PQS
Shows Power meter screen from MEASUREMENT submenu
Shows Harmonics meter screen from MEASUREMENT submenu
Shows Connection Setup screen from MEASUREMENT SETUP submenu
Shows Phase diagram screen from MEASUREMENT submenu
Hold
key for 2 seconds to trigger WAVEFORM SNAPSHOT. Instrument will
record all measured parameters into file, which can be then analysed by PowerView.
Set backlight intensity (high/low/off).
Hold
key for 2 s to disable/enable beeper sound signals.
34
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Instrument memory (microSD card)
Switch On/off the instrument.
Note: instrument will not power off if any recorder is active.
Note: Hold key for 5 seconds in order to reset instrument, in case of failure.
Cursor, Enter and Escape keys are used for moving through instrument menu structure, entering various
parameters. Additionally, cursor keys are used for zooming graphs and moving graph cursors.
3.3 Instrument memory (microSD card)
MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 use microSD card for storing records. Prior instrument use, microSD card
should be formatted to a single partition FAT32 file system and inserted into the instrument, as shown
on figure below.
microSD Card
Figure 10: Inserting microSD card
1. Open instrument cover
2. Insert microSD card into a slot on the instrument (card should be putted upside down,
as shown on figure)
3. Close instrument cover
Note: Do not turn off the instrument while microSD card is accessed:
- during record session
- observing recorded data in MEMORY LIST menu
Doing so may cause data corruption, and permanent data lost.
Note: SD Card should have single FAT32 partition. Do not use SD cards with multiple partitions.
3.4 Instrument Main Menu
After powering on the instrument, the “MAIN MENU” is displayed. From this menu all instrument
functions can be selected.
35
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Instrument Main Menu
Figure 11: “MAIN MENU”
Table 4: Instrument Main menu
MEASUREMENT submenu. Provide access to various instrument measurement
screens
RECORDER submenu. Provide access to instrument recorders configuration and
storage.
MEASUREMENT SETUP submenu. Provide access to the measurement settings.
GENERAL SETUP submenu. Provide access to the various instrument settings.
Table 5: Keys in Main menu
Selects submenu.
ENTER
Enters selected submenu.
3.4.1 Instrument submenus
By pressing ENTER key in Main menu, user can select one of four submenus:
• Measurements – set of basic measurement screens,
• Recorders – setup and view of various recordings,
• Measurement setup – measurement parameters setup,
• General setup – configuring common instrument settings.
List of all submenus with available functions are presented on following figures.
36
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Instrument Main Menu
Figure 12: Measurements submenu
Figure 13: Recorders submenu (MI 2893)
Figure 14: Recorders submenu (MI 2892/MI 2885)
Figure 15: Measurement setup submenu
37
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
U, I, f
Figure 16: General setup submenu
Table 6: Keys in submenus
Selects function within each submenu.
ENTER
Enters selected function.
Returns to the “MAIN MENU”.
3.5 U, I, f
Voltage, current and frequency parameters can be observed in the “U, I, f” screens. Measurement
results can be viewed in a tabular (METER) or a graphical form (SCOPE, TREND). TREND view is active
only in RECORDING mode. See section 3.14 for details.
3.5.1 Meter
By entering U, I, f option, the U, I, f – METER tabular screen is shown (see figures below).
Figure 17: U, I, f meter phase table screens (L1, L2, L3, N)
38
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
U, I, f
Figure 18: U, I, f meter summary table screens
In those screens on-line voltage and current measurements are shown. Descriptions of symbols and
abbreviations used in this menu are shown in table below.
Table 7: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
RMS
UL
IL
THD
ThdU
ThdI
CF
PEAK
MAX
MIN
f
True effective value URms and IRms
Total harmonic distortion THDU and THDI
Crest factor CFU and CFI
Peak value UPk and IPk
Maximal URms(1/2) voltage and maximal IRms(1/2) current, measured after RESET (key:
F2)
Minimal URms(1/2) voltage and minimal IRms(1/2) current, measured after RESET (key:
F2)
Frequency on reference channel
Note: In case of overloading current or overvoltage on AD converter, icon
status bar of the instrument.
39
will be displayed in the
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
U, I, f
Table 8: Keys in Meter screens
F1
F2
F3
HOLD
Holds measurement on display. Hold clock time will be displayed in the
right top corner.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
RESET
Resets MAX and MIN values (URms(1/2) and IRms(1/2)).
1 23NΔ
Shows measurements for phase L1.
1 23NΔ
Shows measurements for phase L2.
1 23NΔ
Shows measurements for phase L3.
1 23NΔ
Shows measurements for neutral channel.
Δ
1 23NΔ
Shows measurements for all phases.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows measurements for phase-to-phase voltage L12.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows measurements for phase-to-phase voltage L23.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows measurements for phase-to-phase voltage L31.
Δ
Shows measurements for all phase-to-phase voltages.
1 23N
12 23 31
F4
Shows measurements for all phase-to-phase voltages.
METER
Switches to METER view.
SCOPE
Switches to SCOPE view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.5.2 Scope
Various combinations of voltage and current waveforms can be displayed on the instrument, as shown
below.
Figure 19: Voltage only waveform
Figure 20: Current only waveform
40
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
U, I, f
Figure 21: Voltage and current waveform (single
mode)
Figure 22: Voltage and current waveform (dual
mode)
Table 9: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
U1, U2, U3, Un
U12, U23, U31
I1, I2, I3, In
True effective value of phase voltage: U1, U2, U3, UN
True effective value of phase-to-phase voltage: U12, U23, U31
True effective value of current: I1, I2, I3, IN
Table 10: Keys in Scope screens
F1
HOLD
Holds measurement on display.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
Selects which waveforms to show:
F2
U I U,I U/I
Shows voltage waveform.
U I U,I U/I
Shows current waveform.
U I U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current waveform (single graph).
U I U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current waveform (dual graph).
Selects between phase, neutral, all-phases and line view:
F3
1 23NΔ
Shows waveforms for phase L1.
1 23NΔ
Shows waveforms for phase L2.
1 23NΔ
Shows waveforms for phase L3.
1 23NΔ
Shows waveforms for neutral channel.
Δ
1 23NΔ
Shows all phase waveforms.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for phase L12.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for phase L23.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for phase L31.
1 23N
12 23 31
Δ
Shows all phase-to-phase waveforms.
Shows all phase waveforms.
METER
Switches to METER view.
SCOPE
Switches to SCOPE view.
41
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
F4
ENTER
TREND
U, I, f
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Selects which waveform to zoom (only in U/I or U+I).
Sets vertical zoom.
Sets horizontal zoom.
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.5.3 Trend
While GENERAL RECORDER is active, TREND view is available (see section 3.14 for instructions how to
start recorder).
3.5.4 Voltage and current trends
Current and voltage trends can be observed by cycling function key F4 (METER-SCOPE-TREND).
Figure 23: Voltage trend (all voltages)
Figure 24: Voltage trend (single voltage)
Figure 25: Voltage and current trend (single
mode)
Figure 26: Voltage and current trend (dual mode)
42
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
U, I, f
Figure 27: Trends of all currents
Figure 28: Frequency trend
Table 11: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
U1, U2, U3, Un,
U12, U23, U31
I1, I2, I3, In
f
10.May.2013
02:02:00
32m 00s
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of phase RMS voltage U1, U2, U3,
UN or line voltage U12, U23, U31 for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of current I1, I2, I3, IN for time
interval (IP) selected by cursor.
Maximal ( ), active average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of frequency at
synchronization channel for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
Timestamp of interval (IP) selected by cursor.
Current GENERAL RECORDER time
(d - days, h - hours, m - minutes, s - seconds)
Table 12: Keys in Trend screens
Selects between the following options:
F2
U I f U,I U/I
Shows voltage trend.
U I f U,I U/I
Shows current trend.
U I f U,I U/I
Shows frequency trend.
U I f U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current trend (single mode).
U I f U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current trend (dual mode).
Selects between phases, neutral channel, all-phases view:
F3
1 23N
Shows trend for phase L1.
1 23N
Shows trend for phase L2.
1 23N
Shows trend for phase L3.
1 23N
Shows trend for neutral channel.
1 23N

Shows all phases trends.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows trend for phases L12.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows trend for phases L23.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows trend for phases L31.
43
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
12 23 31
F4
Δ
Shows all phase-to-phase trends.
METER
Switches to METER view.
SCOPE
Switches to SCOPE view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view.
Moves cursor and selects time interval (IP) for observation.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
44
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Power
3.6 Power
In POWER screens instrument shows measured power parameters. Results can be seen in a tabular
(METER) or a graphical form (TREND). TREND view is active only while GENERAL RECORDER is active. See
section 3.14 for instructions how to start recorder. In order to fully understand meanings of particular
power parameter see sections 5.1.5.
Note: MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 always save data according IEEE 1459 and data presentation could be
also selected under PowerView.
3.6.1 Meter
By entering POWER option from Measurement’s submenu, the tabular POWER (METER) screen is shown
(see figure below). Which measurement is present on display depends on following settings:
• Power measurement method: Modern (IEEE 1459), Classic (Vector) or Classic (Arithmetic) – see
section 3.21.6
• Connection type: 1W, 2W, 3W…
• Selected VIEW: Combined, Fundamental or Nonfundamental
Figure 29: Power measurements summary
(combined)
Figure 31: Power measurements summary
(fundamental)
Figure 30: Power measurements summary
(nonfundamental)
45
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Power
Figure 32: Detailed power measurements at
phase L1
Figure 33: Detailed total power measurements
Description of symbols and abbreviations used in POWER (METER) screens are shown in table below.
Table 13: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations (see 5.1.5 for details) – instantaneous values
Depending on the screen position:
P
In Combined column: Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) active
power (P1, P2, P3, Ptot,)
In Fundamental column: Fundamental active phase power (Pfund1,
Pfund2, Pfund3)
N
Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) nonactive phase power
(N1, N2, N3) and nonactive total vector (Ntot)
Na
Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) nonactive arithmetic total
power (Natot)
Fundamental reactive phase power (Qfund1, Qfund2, Qfund3)
Fundamental total arithmetic reactive power (Qafundtot)
Fundamental total vector reactive power (Qvfundtot)
Q
Qa
Qv
Depending on the screen position:
S
In Combined column: Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental)
apparent phase power (S1, S2, S3)
In Fundamental column: Fundamental apparent phase power (Sfund1,
Sfund2, Sfund3)
Depending on the screen position:
Sa
In Combined column: Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) total
arithmetic apparent power (Satot)
In Fundamental column: Fundamental total arithmetic apparent power
(Safundtot)
Depending on the screen position:
Sv
In Combined column: Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) total
vector apparent power (Svtot)
In Fundamental column: Fundamental total vector apparent power
(Svfundtot)
46
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Power
P+
Positive sequence of total active fundamental power (P+tot)
Q+
Positive sequence of total reactive fundamental power (Q+tot)
S+
Positive sequence of total apparent fundamental power (S+tot)
DPF+
Positive sequence power factor (fundamental, total)
Se
Combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) total effective apparent
power (Setot)
Sɴ
Phase nonfundamental apparent power (Sɴ1, Sɴ2, Sɴ3)
Seɴ
Total effective nonfundamental apparent power (Seɴtot)
Dı
Phase current distortion power (Dı1, Dı2, Dı3)
Deı
Total effective current distortion power (Deıtot)
Dᴠ
Phase voltage distortion power (Dᴠ1, Dᴠ2, Dᴠ3)
Deᴠ
Total effective voltage distortion power (Deᴠtot)
Pн
Phase and total harmonic active power (PH1+,PH2+,PH3+,PHtot)
PF
Phase combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) power factor (PF1,
PF2, PF3)
PFa
PFe
Total arithmetic combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) power
factor (PFa)
Total effective combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) power factor
(PFe)
PFv
Total vector combined (fundamental and nonfundamental) power factor
(PFv).
DPF
Phase fundamental power factor (DPF1, DPF2, DPF3,) and positive
sequence total power factor (DPF+)
DPFa
Total arithmetic fundamental power factor (DPFa).
DPFv
Total vector fundamental power factor (DPFv).
Harmonic Pollut.
Load unbalance
Harmonic pollution according to the standard IEEE 1459
Load unbalance according to the standard IEEE 1459
Table 14: Keys in Power (METER) screens
F1
F2
F3
HOLD
Holds measurement on display. Hold clock time will be displayed in the
right top corner.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
VIEW
Switches between Combined, Fundamental and Nonfundamental view.
1 23T
Shows measurements for phase L1.
1 2 3 T
Shows measurements for phase L2.
1 23T
Shows measurements for phase L3.
47
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
1 23
F4
T
Power
Shows brief view on measurements on all phases in a single screen.
1 23T
Shows measurement results for TOTAL power measurements.
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.6.2 Trend
During active recording TREND view is available (see section 3.14 for instructions how to start GENERAL
RECORDER).
Figure 34: Power trend screen
Table 15: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
P1±, P2±,
P3±, Pt±
View: Combined power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed (P1+, P2+, P3+,
Ptot+) or generated (P1-, P2-, P3-, Ptot-) active combined power for time interval
(IP) selected by cursor.
P1±, P2±,
P3±, P+±
View: Fundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed (Pfund1+,
Pfund2+, Pfund3+, P+tot+) or generated (Pfund1-, Pfund2, Pfund3, P+tot-) active
fundamental power for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
Ni1±, Ni2±,
Ni3±, Nit±
Nc1±, Nc2±,
Nc3±, Nct±
S1, S2, S3, Se
View: Combined power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed (N1ind+, N2ind+,
N3ind+, Ntotind+) or generated (N1ind-, N2ind-, N3ind-, Ntotind-) inductive combined
nonactive power for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
View: Combined power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed (N1cap+, N2cap+,
N3cap+, Ntotcap+) or generated (N1cap-, N2cap-, N3cap-, Ntotcap-) capacitive combined
nonactive power for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
View: Combined power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of combined apparent power
(S1, S2, S3, Setot) for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
48
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
S1, S2, S3, S+
PFi1±, PFi2±, PFi3±,
PFit±
PFc1±, PFc2±, PFc3±,
PFct±
Qi1±, Qi2±, Qi3±,
Q+i±
Qc1±, Qc2±, Qc3±,
Q+c±
DPFi1±,
DPFi2±,
DPFi3±
DPF+it±
DPFc1±,
DPFc2±,
DPFc3±
DPF+ct±
Sn1, Sn2,
Sn3, Sen
Di1, Di2,
Di3, Dei
Dv1, Dv2,
Dv3, Dev
Ph1±, Ph2±, Ph3±,
Pht±
Power
View: Fundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of fundamental apparent
power (Sfund1, Sfund2, Sfund3, S+tot) for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
View: Combined power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of inductive power factor (1st
quadrant: PF1ind+, PF2ind+, PF3ind+, PFtotind+ and 3rd quadrant: PF1ind-, PF2ind-, PF3ind-,
PFtotind-) for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
View: Combined power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of capacitive power factor
(4th quadrant: PF1cap+, PF2cap+, PF3cap+, PFtotcap+ and 2nd quadrant: PF1cap-, PF2cap-,
PF3cap-, PFtotcap-) for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
View: Fundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed (Q1ind+, Q2ind+,
Q3ind+, Q+totind+) or generated (Q1ind-, Q2ind-, Q3ind-, Q+totind-) fundamental reactive
inductive power for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
View: Fundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed (Q1cap+, Q2cap+,
Q3cap+, Q+captot+) or generated (Q1cap-, Q2cap-, Q3cap-, Q+captot-) fundamental reactive
capacitive power for time interval (IP) selected by cursor.
View: Fundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of inductive displacement
power factor (1st quadrant: DPF1ind+, DPF2ind+, DPF3ind+, DPFtotind+, and 3rd
quadrant: DPF1ind-, DPF2ind-, DPF3ind- DPFtotind-,) for time interval (IP) selected by
cursor.
View: Fundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of capacitive displacement
power factor (4th quadrant: DPF1cap+, DPF2cap+, DPF3cap+, DPFtotcap+, and 2nd
quadrant: DPF1cap-, DPF2cap-, DPF3cap-, DPFtotcap+) for time interval (IP) selected by
cursor.
View: Nonfundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed or generated
nonfundamental apparent power (Sɴ1, Sɴ2, Sɴ3, Seɴtot) for time interval (IP)
selected by cursor.
View: Nonfundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed or generated
phase current distortion power (Dı1, Dı2, Dı3, Deıtot) for time interval (IP)
selected by cursor.
View: Nonfundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed or generated
phase voltage distortion power (Dv1, Dv2, Dv3, Devtot) for time interval (IP)
selected by cursor.
View: Nonfundamental power
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of consumed (PH1+, PH2+, PH3+,
PHtot+) or generated (PH1-, PH2-, PH3-, PHtot-) active harmonic power for time
interval (IP) selected by cursor.
49
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Power
Table 16: Keys in Power (TREND) screens
Selects which measurement should instrument represent on
graph:
• Consumed or Generated
Measurements related to consumed (suffix: +) or
generated power (suffix: -).
•
F1
Combined, Fundamental or Nonfundamental
Measurement related to fundamental power,
nonfundamental power or combined.
VIEW
Keys in VIEW window:
Selects option.
ENTER
Confirms selected option.
Exits selection window without change.
If Combined power is selected:
P Ni Nc S PFi Pfc
Shows combined active power trend.
P Ni Nc S PFi Pfc
Shows combined inductive nonactive power trend.
P Ni Nc S PFi Pfc
Shows combined capacitive nonactive power trend.
P Ni Nc S PFi Pfc
Shows combined apparent power trend.
P Ni Nc S PFi Pfc
Shows inductive power factor trend.
P Ni Nc S Pfi PFc
Shows capacitive power factor trend.
If Fundamental power is selected:
F2
P Qi Qc S DPFi DPfc
Shows fundamental active power trend.
P Qi Qc S DPFi DPfc
Shows fundamental inductive reactive power trend.
P Qi Qc S DPFi DPfc
Shows fundamental capacitive reactive power trend.
P Qi Qc S DPFi DPfc
Shows fundamental apparent power trend.
P Qi Qc S DPFi DPfc
Shows inductive displacement power factor trend.
P Qi Qc S DPfi DPFc
Shows capacitive displacement power factor trend.
If Nonfundamental power is selected:
F3
Sn Di Dv Ph
Shows nonfundamental apparent power trend.
Sn Di Dv Ph
Shows nonfundamental current distortion power.
Sn Di Dv Ph
Shows nonfundamental voltage distortion power.
Sn Di Dv Ph
Shows nonfundamental active power.
Selects between phase, all-phases and Total power view:
1 23T
Shows power parameters for phase L1.
50
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
1 2 3 T
Shows power parameters for phase L2.
1 23T
Shows power parameters for phase L3.
1 23
T
1 23T
F4
Energy
Shows power parameters for phases L1, L2 and L3 on the same
graph.
Shows Total power parameters.
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Moves cursor and selects time interval (IP) for observation.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.7 Energy
3.7.1 Meter
Instrument shows status of energy counters in energy menu. Results can be seen in a tabular (METER)
form. The meter screens are shown on figures below.
Figure 35: Energy counters screen (General Recorder is running)
51
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Energy
Figure 36: Energy counters screen (General Recorder is not running)
Table 17: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Ep+
EpEq+
EqStart
Duration
Consumed (+) phase (Ep1+, Ep2+, Ep3+) or total (Eptot+) active energy
Generated (-) phase (Ep1-, Ep2-, Ep3-) or total (Eptot-) active energy
Consumed (+) phase (Eq1+, Eq2+, Eq3+) or total (Eqtot+) fundamental reactive energy
Generated (-) phase (Eq1-, Eq2-, Eq3-) or total (Eqtot-) fundamental reactive energy
Recorder start time and date
Recorder elapsed time
Table 18: Keys in Energy (METER) screens
F1
F2
F3
HOLD
Holds measurement on display.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
TOT LAST CUR
Shows energy registers for whole record.
TOT LAST CUR
Shows energy registers for last interval.
TOT LAST CUR
Shows energy registers for current interval.
1 23T
1 2 3 T
1 23T
1 23T
Shows energy parameters for phase L1.
Shows energy parameters for phase L2.
Shows energy parameters for phase L3.
Shows all phases energy.
Shows energy parameters for Totals.
METER
TREND
EFF
RESET
Switches to METER view.
Switches to TREND view.
Switches to EFFICIENCY view.
Reset energy counters
1 23
F4
T
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
52
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Energy
3.7.2 Trend
TREND view is available only during active recording (see section 3.14 for instructions how to start
GENERAL RECORDER).
Figure 37: Energy trend screen
Table 19: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Ep+
EpEq+
EqStart
Duration
Consumed (+) phase (Ep1+, Ep2+, Ep3+) or total (Eptot+) active energy
Generated (-) phase (Ep1-, Ep2-, Ep3-) or total (Eptot-) active energy
Consumed (+) phase (Eq1+, Eq2+, Eq3+) or total (Eqtot+) fundamental reactive energy
Generated (-) phase (Eq1-, Eq2-, Eq3-) or total (Eqtot-) fundamental reactive energy
Recorder start time and date
Recorder elapsed time
Table 20: Keys in Energy (TREND) screens
1 23T
Shows active consumed energy for time interval (IP) selected by
cursor.
Shows reactive consumed energy for time interval (IP) selected by
cursor.
Shows active generated energy for time interval (IP) selected by
cursor.
Shows reactive generated energy for time interval (IP) selected by
cursor.
Shows energy records for phase L1.
Shows energy records for phase L2.
Shows energy records for phase L3.
Shows all phases energy records.
Shows energy records for Totals.
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view.
EFF
Switches to EFFICIENCY view.
Ep+ Eq+ Ep- EqEp+ Eq+ Ep- Eq-
F2
Ep+ Eq+ Ep- EqEp+ Eq+ Ep- Eq-
F3
1 23T
1 2 3 T
1 23T
1 23
F4
T
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
53
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Energy
3.7.3 Efficiency
EFFICIENCY view is available only during active recording (see section 3.14 for instructions how to start
GENERAL RECORDER).
Figure 38: Energy efficiency screen
Table 21: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
P avg+
P+ avg+
P avgP+ avg-
Qi avg+
Qi+ avg+
Qi avgQi+ avg-
Qc avg+
Qc+ avg+
Qc avgQc+ avg-
Consumed phase fundamental active power (Pfund1+, Pfund2+, Pfund3+)
Positive sequence of total fundamental consumed active power (P+tot+)
Generated phase fundamental active power (Pfund1-, Pfund2-, Pfund3-)
Positive sequence of total fundamental generated active power (P+tot-) Shown active
power is averaged over chosen time interval (key: F2)
• TOT – shows total average (for complete record) active power
• LAST – shows average active power in the last interval
• MAX - shows average active power in interval where Ep was maximal.
Consumed phase fundamental inductive reactive power (Qfundind1+, Qfundind2+,
Qfundind3+)
Positive sequence of total inductive fundamental consumed reactive power (Q+tot+)
Generated phase fundamental inductive reactive power (Qfundind1-, Qfundind2-, Qfundind3-)
Positive sequence of total inductive fundamental generated reactive power (Q+tot-)
Shown fundamental inductive reactive power is averaged over chosen time interval (key:
F2)
• TOT – shows total average (for complete record) fundamental inductive reactive
power
• LAST – shows average fundamental inductive reactive power in the last interval
• MAX – shows average fundamental inductive reactive power in interval where
Ep was maximal.
Consumed phase fundamental capacitive reactive power (Qfundcap1+, Qfundcap2+,
Qfundcap3+)
Positive sequence of total capacitive fundamental consumed reactive power (Q+tot+)
Generated phase fundamental capacitive reactive power (Qfundcap1-, Qfundcap2-,
Qfundcap3-)
Positive sequence of total capacitive fundamental generated reactive power (Q+tot+)
Shown fundamental capacitive reactive power is averaged over chosen time interval
(key: F2)
• TOT – shows total average (for complete record) fundamental capacitive reactive
power
• LAST – shows average fundamental capacitive reactive power in the last interval
• MAX – shows average fundamental capacitive reactive power in interval where
Ep was maximal.
54
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Energy
Phase nonfundamental apparent power (Sɴ1, Sɴ2, Sɴ3)
Total effective nonfundamental apparent power (Seɴ).
Sn avg
Sen avg
Shown nonfundamental apparent power is averaged over chosen time interval (key: F2)
• TOT – shows total average (for complete record) of nonfundamental apparent
power
• LAST – shows average nonfundamental apparent power in the last interval
• MAX – shows average nonfundamental apparent power in interval where Ep was
maximal.
Fundamental unbalanced power, according to the IEEE 1459-2010
Su
Ep+
Ep-
Eq+
Eq-
Conductors’
utilisation
Date
Max. Power
Demand
Consumed phase (Ep1+, Ep2+, Ep3+) or total (Eptot+) active energy
Generated phase (Ep1-, Ep2-, Ep3-) or total (Eptot-) active energy
Shown active energy depends on chosen time interval (key: F2)
• TOT – shows accumulated energy for complete record
• LAST – shows accumulated energy in last interval
• MAX – shows maximal accumulated energy in any interval
Consumed (+) phase (Eq1+, Eq2+, Eq3+) or total (Eqtot+) fundamental reactive energy
Generated (-) phase (Eq1-, Eq2-, Eq3-) or total (Eqtot-) fundamental reactive energy
Shown reactive energy depends on chosen time interval (key: F2)
• TOT – shows accumulated energy for complete record
• LAST – shows accumulated energy in last interval
• MAX – shows accumulated reactive energy in interval where Ep was maximal.
Shows conductor cross section utilisation for chosen time interval (TOT/LAST/MAX):
• GREEN colour – represents part of conductor cross section (wire) used
for active energy transfer (Ep)
• RED colour – represents part of conductor cross section (wire) used for
fundamental reactive energy transfer (Eq)
• BLUE colour – represents part of conductor cross section (wire) used for
nonfundamental (harmonic) apparent energy transfer (Sɴ)
• BROWN colour – represents unbalanced power (SU) portion flowing in
polyphase system in respect to phase power flow.
End time of shown interval.
Shows three intervals where measured fundamental active power was maximal.
According to the selected channel (key: F3), and VIEW (key: F1) consumed phase and
total fundamental active power is shown (Pfund1+, Pfund2+, Pfund3+, P+tot+) or generated
phase and total fundamental active power is shown (Pfund1-, Pfund2-, Pfund3-, P+tot-)
Table 22: Keys in Energy (TREND) screens
F1
VIEW
F2
TOT LAST MAX
TOT LAST MAX
TOT LAST MAX
F3
1 23T
1 2 3 T
1 23T
1 23
T
Switches between Consumed (+) and Generated (-) energy view.
Shows parameters for complete record duration
Shows parameters for last (complete) recorded interval
Shows parameters for interval, where active energy was maximal
Shows energy records for phase L1.
Shows energy records for phase L2.
Shows energy records for phase L3.
Shows all phases energy records.
55
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
F4
Harmonics / inter-harmonics
1 23T
Shows energy records for Totals.
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view.
EFF
Switches to EFFICIENCY view.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.8 Harmonics / inter-harmonics
Harmonics presents voltage and current signals as a sum of sinusoids of power frequency and its integer
multiples. Sinusoidal wave with frequency k-times higher than fundamental (k is an integer) is called
harmonic wave and is denoted with amplitude and a phase shift (phase angle) to a fundamental
frequency signal. If a signal decomposition with Fourier transformation results with presence of a
frequency that is not integer multiple of fundamental, this frequency is called inter-harmonic frequency
and component with such frequency is called inter-harmonic. See 5.1.8 for details.
3.8.1 Meter
By entering HARMONICS option from Measurement’s submenu, the tabular HARMONICS (METER)
screen is shown (see figure below). In this screens’ voltage and current harmonics or inter-harmonics
and THD are shown.
Figure 39: Harmonics and inter-harmonics (METER) screens
For phase harmonics presentation, there are also Power harmonics presented, for each phase separately:
Figure 40: Phase harmonics presentation (U,I,P)
Description of symbols and abbreviations used in METER screens are shown in table below.
56
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Harmonics / inter-harmonics
Table 23: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
RMS
THD
RMS voltage / current value
Total voltage / current harmonic distortion THDU and THDI in % of fundamental
voltage / current harmonic or in RMS V, A.
k-factor (unit-less) indicates the amount of harmonics that load generate
Voltage or current DC component in % of fundamental voltage / current harmonic
or in RMS V, A.
n-th harmonic voltage Uhn or current Ihn component in % of fundamental voltage
/ current harmonic or in RMS V, A.
n-th inter-harmonic voltage Uihn or current Iihn component in % of fundamental
voltage / current harmonic or in RMS V, A.
k
DC
h1 … h50
ih0 … ih50
Table 24: Keys in Harmonics / inter-harmonics (METER) screens
F1
HOLD
Holds measurement on display. Hold clock time will be displayed in the
right top corner.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
Switch’s view between Harmonics and Inter-harmonics.
Switches units between:
• RMS (Volts, Amperes)
• % of fundamental harmonic
Keys in VIEW window:
F2
VIEW
Selects option.
Confirms selected option.
ENTER
Exits selection window without change.
Selects between single phase, neutral, all-phases and line harmonics /
inter-harmonics view.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L1.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L2.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L3.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for neutral channel.
F3
1 23N

Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for all phases on single
screen.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L12.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L23.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L31.
12 23 31
Δ
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase-to-phase
voltages.
57
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
F4
Harmonics / inter-harmonics
METER
Switches to METER view.
BAR
Switches to BAR view.
AVG
Switches to AVG (average) view (available only during recording).
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Shifts through harmonic / interharmonic components.
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.8.2 Histogram (Bar)
Bar screen displays dual bar graphs. The upper bar graph shows instantaneous voltage harmonics and
the lower bar graph shows instantaneous current harmonics.
Figure 41: Harmonics histogram screen
Description of symbols and abbreviations used in BAR screens are shown in table below.
Table 25: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Ux h01 … h50
Instantaneous voltage harmonic / inter-harmonic component in VRMS and in % of
fundamental voltage
Ix h01 … h50
Instantaneous current harmonic / inter-harmonic component in ARMS and in % of
fundamental current
Ux DC
Ix DC
Ux THD
Instantaneous DC voltage in V and in % of fundamental voltage
Instantaneous DC current in A and in % of fundamental current
Instantaneous total voltage harmonic distortion THDU in V and in % of
fundamental voltage
Instantaneous total current harmonic distortion THDI in ARMS and in % of
fundamental current
Ix THD
Table 26: Keys in Harmonics / inter-harmonics (BAR) screens
HOLD
Holds measurement on display.
58
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
F1
RUN
Harmonics / inter-harmonics
Runs held measurement.
Switch’s view between harmonics and inter-harmonics.
Keys in VIEW window:
F2
VIEW
Selects option.
Confirms selected option.
ENTER
Exits selection window without change.
Selects between single phases and neutral channel harmonics / interharmonics bars.
F3
F4
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L1.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L2.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L3.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for neutral channel.
12 23 31
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L12.
12 23 31
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phases L23.
12 23 31
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phases L31.
METER
Switches to METER view.
BAR
Switches to BAR view.
AVG
Switches to AVG (average) view (available only during recording).
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Scales displayed histogram by amplitude.
Scrolls cursor to select single harmonic / inter-harmonic bar.
ENTER
Toggles cursor between voltage and current histogram.
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.8.3 Harmonics Average Histogram (Avg Bar)
During active GENERAL RECORDER, Harmonics average histogram AVG view is available (see section 3.14
for instructions how to start GENERAL RECORDER). In this view average voltage and current harmonic
values are shown (averaged from beginning of the recording to the current moment). Harmonics average
histogram screen displays dual bar graphs. The upper bar graph shows average voltage harmonics and the
lower bar graph shows average current harmonics.
59
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Harmonics / inter-harmonics
Figure 42: Harmonics average histogram screen
Description of symbols and abbreviations used in AVG screens are shown in table below.
Table 27: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Ux h01 … h50
Average voltage harmonic / inter-harmonic component in VRMS and in % of
fundamental voltage (from beginning of the recording)
Ix h01 … h50
Average current harmonic / inter-harmonic component in ARMS and in % of
fundamental current
Ux DC
Ix DC
Ux THD
Average DC voltage in V and in % of fundamental voltage
Average DC current in A and in % of fundamental current
Average total voltage harmonic distortion THDU in V and in % of fundamental
voltage
Average total current harmonic distortion THDI in ARMS and in % of fundamental
current
Ix THD
Table 28: Keys in Harmonics / inter-harmonics (AVG) screens
Switches view between harmonics and inter-harmonics.
Keys in VIEW window:
F2
VIEW
Selects option.
Confirms selected option.
ENTER
Exits selection window without change.
Selects between single phases and neutral channel harmonics / interharmonics bars.
F3
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L1.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L2.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L3.
1 23N
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for neutral channel.
12 23 31
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L12.
60
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
F4
Harmonics / inter-harmonics
12 23 31
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phases L23.
12 23 31
Shows harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phases L31.
METER
Switches to METER view.
BAR
Switches to BAR view.
AVG
Switches to AVG (average) view (available only during recording).
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Scales displayed histogram by amplitude.
Scrolls cursor to select single harmonic / inter-harmonic bar.
ENTER
Toggles cursor between voltage and current histogram.
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.8.4 Trend
During active GENERAL RECORDER, TREND view is available (see section 3.14 for instructions how to
start GENERAL RECORDER). Voltage and current harmonic / inter-harmonic components can be
observed by cycling function key F4 (METER-BAR-AVG-TREND).
Figure 43: Harmonics and inter-harmonics trend screen
Table 29: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
ThdU
ThdI
Udc
Idc
Interval maximal ( ) and average ( ) value of total voltage harmonic distortion
THDU for selected phase
Interval maximal ( ) and average ( ) value of total current harmonic distortion
THDI for selected phase
Interval maximal ( ) and average ( ) value of DC voltage component for selected
phase
Interval maximal ( ) and average ( )value of selected DC current component for
selected phase
61
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Harmonics / inter-harmonics
Uh01...Uh50
Uih01…Uih50
Interval maximal ( ) and average ( ) value for selected n-th voltage harmonic /
inter-harmonic component for selected phase
Ih01…Ih50
Iih01…Ih50
Interval maximal ( ) and average ( )value of selected n-th current harmonic /
inter-harmonic component for selected phase
Table 30: Keys in Harmonics / inter-harmonics (TREND) screens
Switches between harmonics or inter-harmonics view.
Switches measurement units between RMS V,A or % of fundamental
harmonic.
Selects harmonic number for observing.
Keys in VIEW window:
F2
VIEW
Selects option.
ENTER
Confirms selected option.
Exits selection window without change.
Selects between single phases and neutral channel harmonics / interharmonics trends.
F3
F4
1 23N
Shows selected harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L1.
1 23N
Shows selected harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L2.
1 23N
Shows selected harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase L3.
1 23N
Shows selected harmonics / inter-harmonics components for neutral
channel.
12 23 31
Shows selected harmonics / inter--harmonics components for phase-tophase voltage L12.
12 23 31
Shows selected harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase-tophase voltage L23.
12 23 31
Shows selected harmonics / inter-harmonics components for phase-tophase voltage L31.
METER
Switches to METER view.
BAR
Switches to BAR view.
AVG
Switches to AVG (average) view (available only during recording).
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Moves cursor and select time interval (IP) for observation.
62
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Flickers
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.9 Flickers
Flickers measure the human perception of the effect of amplitude modulation on the mains voltage
powering a light bulb. In Flickers menu instrument shows measured flicker parameters. Results can be
seen in a tabular (METER) or a graphical form (TREND) - which is active only while GENERAL RECORDER
is active. See section 3.14 for instructions how to start recording. In order to understand meanings of
particular parameter see section 5.1.9.
3.9.1 Meter
By entering FLICKERS option from MEASUREMENTS submenu, the FLICKERS tabular screen is shown (see
figure below).
Figure 44: Flickers table screen
Description of symbols and abbreviations used in METER screen is shown in table below. Note that
Flickers measurement intervals are synchronised to real time clock, and therefore refreshed on minute,
10 minutes and 2 hours intervals.
Table 31: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Urms
Pinst,max
Pst(1min)
Pst
Plt
True effective value U1, U2, U3, U12, U23, U31
Maximal instantaneous flicker for each phase refreshed each 10 seconds
Short term (1 min) flicker Pst1min for each phase measured in last minute
Short term (10 min) flicker Pst for each phase measured in last 10 minutes
Long term flicker (2h) Pst for each phase measured in last 2 hours
Table 32: Keys in Flickers (METER) screen
F1
F4
HOLD
Holds measurement on display. Hold clock time will be displayed in the
right top corner.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
63
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Flickers
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.9.2 Trend
During active recording TREND view is available (see section 3.14 for instructions how to start recording).
Flicker parameters can be observed by cycling function key F4 (METER -TREND). Note that Flicker meter
recording intervals are determinate by standard IEC 61000-4-15. Flicker meter therefore works
independently from chosen recording interval in GENERAL RECORDER.
Figure 45: Flickers trend screen
Table 33: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Pst1m1,
Pst1m2,
Pst1m3,
Pst1m12,
Pst1m23,
Pst1m31
Pst1,
Pst2,
Pst3,
Pst12,
Pst23,
Pst31
Plt1,
Plt2,
Plt3,
Plt12,
Plt23,
Plt31
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of 1-minute short term flicker
Pst(1min) for phase voltages U1, U2, U3 or line voltages U12, U23, U31
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of 10-minutes short term
flicker Pst for phase voltages U1, U2, U3 or line voltages U12, U23, U31
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of 2-hours long term flicker Plt
in phase voltages U1, U2, U3 or line voltages U12, U23, U31
64
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Phase Diagram
Table 34: Keys in Flickers (TREND) screens
Selects between the following options:
F2
Pst Plt Pstmin
Shows 10 min short term flicker Pst.
Pst Plt Pstmin
Shows long term flicker Plt.
Pst Plt Pstmin
Shows 1 min short term flicker Pst1min.
Selects between trending various parameters:
F3
1 23
Shows selected flicker trends for phase L1.
1 23
Shows selected flicker trends for phase L2.
1 23
Shows selected flicker trends for phase L3.
1 23

12 23 31 Δ
Shows selected flicker trends for phases L12.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows selected flicker trends for phases L23.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows selected flicker trends for phases L31.
12 23 31
F4
Shows selected flicker trends for all phases (average only).
Δ
Shows selected flicker trends for all phases (average only).
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Moves cursor and selects time interval (IP) for observation.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.10
Phase Diagram
Phase diagram graphically represent fundamental voltages, currents and phase angles of the network.
This view is strongly recommended for checking instrument connection before measurement. Note that
most measurement issues arise from wrongly connected instrument (see 4.1 for recommended
measuring practice). On phase diagram screens instrument shows:
• Graphical presentation of voltage and current phase vectors of the measured system,
• Unbalance of the measured system.
3.10.1Phase diagram
By entering PHASE DIAGRAM option from MEASUREMENTS submenu, the following screen is shown (see
figure below).
65
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Phase Diagram
Figure 46: Phase diagram screen
Table 35: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
U1, U2, U3
U12, U23, U31
I1, I2, I3
Fundamental voltages Ufund1, Ufund2, Ufund3 with relative phase angle to Ufund1
Fundamental voltages Ufund12, Ufund23, Ufund31 with relative phase angle to
Ufund12
Fundamental currents Ifund1, Ifund2, Ifund3 with relative phase angle to Ufund1 or
Ufund12
Table 36: Keys in Phase diagram screen
F1
F2
F4
HOLD
Holds measurement on display. Hold clock time will be displayed in the
right top corner.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
U I
I U
Selects voltage for scaling (with cursors).
Selects current for scaling (with cursors).
METER
Switches to PHASE DIAGRAM view.
UNBAL.
Switches to UNBALANCE DIAGRAM view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Scales voltage or current phasors.
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.10.2 Unbalance diagram
Unbalance diagram represents current and voltage unbalance of the measuring system. Unbalance
arises when RMS values or phase angles between consecutive phases are not equal. Diagram is shown
on figure below.
66
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Phase Diagram
Figure 47: Unbalance diagram screen
Table 37: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Zero sequence voltage component U0
Zero sequence current component I0
Positive sequence voltage component U+
Positive sequence current component I+
Negative sequence voltage component UNegative sequence current component INegative sequence voltage ratio uNegative sequence current ratio iZero sequence voltage ratio u0
Zero sequence current ratio i0
U0
I0
U+
I+
UIuiu0
i0
Table 38: Keys in Unbalance diagram screens
F1
HOLD
Holds measurement on display. Hold clock time will be displayed in the
right top corner.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
U I
F2
I U
F4
Shows voltage unbalance measurement and selects voltage for scaling
(with cursors)
Shows current unbalance measurement and selects current for scaling
(with cursors)
METER
Switches to PHASE DIAGRAM view.
UNBAL.
Switches to UNBALANCE DIAGRAM view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Scales voltage or current phasors.
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
67
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Phase Diagram
3.10.3 Unbalance trend
During active recording UNBALANCE TREND view is available (see section 3.14 for instructions how to
start GENERAL RECORDER).
Figure 48: Symmetry trend screen
Table 39: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
u-
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of negative sequence voltage
ratio u-
u0
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of zero sequence voltage ratio u0
i-
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of negative sequence current
ratio i-
i0
U+
UU0
I+
II0
Maximal (
Maximal (
Maximal (
Maximal (
Maximal (
Maximal (
Maximal (
), average (
), average (
), average (
), average (
), average (
), average (
), average (
) and minimal ( ) value of zero sequence current ratio i0
) and minimal ( ) value of positive sequence voltage U+
) and minimal ( ) value of negative sequence voltage U) and minimal ( ) value of zero sequence voltage U0
) and minimal ( ) value of positive sequence current I+
) and minimal ( ) value of negative sequence current I) and minimal ( ) value of zero sequence current I0
Table 40: Keys in Unbalance trend screens
F2
F4
U+ U- U0
I+ I- I0
u+ u0 i+ i0
Shows selected voltage and current unbalance measurement (U+, U-,
U0, I+, I-, I0, u-, u0, i-, i0).
METER
Switches to PHASE DIAGRAM view.
UNBAL.
Switches to UNBALANCE DIAGRAM view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Moves cursor and selects time interval (IP) for observation.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
68
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
3.11
Temperature
Temperature
MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 instruments are capable of measuring and recording temperature with
Temperature probe A 1354. Temperature is expressed in both units, Celsius and Fahrenheit degrees. See
following sections for instructions how to start recording. In order to learn how to set up neutral clamp
input with the temperature sensor, see section 4.2.4.
3.11.1 Meter
Figure 49: Temperature meter screen
Table 41: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
0
C
F
Current temperature in Celsius degrees
Current temperature in Fahrenheit degrees
0
Table 42: Keys in Temperature meter screen
F1
F4
HOLD
Holds measurement on display. Hold clock time will be displayed in the
right top corner.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.11.2 Trend
Temperature measurement TREND can be viewed during the recording in progress. Records containing
temperature measurement can be viewed from Memory list and by using PC software PowerView v3.0.
69
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Under deviation and over deviation
Figure 50: Temperature trend screen
Table 43: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) temperature value for last recorded
time interval (IP)
T:
Table 44: Keys in Temperature trend screens
F2
F4
0
C 0F
Shows temperature in Celsius degrees.
0
C 0F
Shows temperature in Fahrenheit degrees.
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.12
Under deviation and over deviation
Under deviation and over deviation parameters are useful when it is important to avoid, for example,
having sustained under voltages being cancelled in data by sustained over voltages. Results can be seen
in a tabular (METER) or a graphical form (TREND) view - which is active only while GENERAL RECORDER
is active. See section 3.14 for instructions how to start recording. In order to understand meanings of
particular parameter see section 5.1.12.
3.12.1 Meter
By entering DEVIATION option from MEASUREMENTS submenu, the UNDER/OVER DEVIATION tabular
screen is shown (see figure below).
Figure 51: Under deviation and over deviation table screen
70
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Under deviation and over deviation
Description of symbols and abbreviations used in METER screen is shown in table below.
Table 45: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Urms
Uunder
Uover
True effective value U1, U2, U3, U12, U23, U31
Instantaneous under deviation voltage UUnder expressed in voltage and % of nominal
voltage
Instantaneous over deviation voltage UOver expressed in voltage and % of nominal
voltage
Table 46: Keys in Under deviation and over deviation (METER) screen
F1
HOLD
Holds measurement on display. Hold clock time will be displayed in the
right top corner.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
Selects between trending various parameters
F3
F4
Δ
Shows under/over deviations measurements for all phase voltages
Δ
Shows under/over deviations measurements for all phase-to-phase
voltages
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.12.2 Trend
During active recording TREND view is available (see section 3.14 for instructions how to start
recording). Under deviation and over deviation parameters can be observed by cycling function key F4
(METER -TREND).
Figure 52: Under-deviation and over-deviation TREND screen
Table 47: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
71
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Uunder1
Uunder2
Uunder3
Uunder12
Uunder22
Uunder31
Uover1
Uover2
Uover3
Uover12
Uover23
Uover31
Signalling
Interval average ( ) value of corresponding under deviation voltage U1Under,
U2Under, U3Under, U12Under, U23Under, U31Under, expressed in % of nominal voltage.
Interval average ( ) value of corresponding over deviation voltage U1Over, U2Over,
U3Over, U12Over, U23Over, U31Over, expressed in % of nominal voltage.
Table 48: Keys in Under deviation and Over deviation (TREND) screens
Selects between the following options:
F2
Under Over
Shows under deviation trends
Under Over
Shows over deviation trends
Selects between trending various parameters:
F3
F4
Δ
Shows trends for all phase under/over deviations
Δ
Shows trends for all lines under/over deviations
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
Moves cursor and selects time interval (IP) for observation.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.13
Signalling
Mains signalling voltage, called “ripple control signal” in certain applications, is a burst of signals, often
applied at a non-harmonic frequency, that remotely control industrial equipment, revenue meters, and
other devices. Before observing signalling measurements, user should set-up signalling frequencies in
signalling setup menu (see section 3.23.4).
Results can be seen in a tabular (METER) or a graphical form (TREND) - which is active only while
GENERAL RECORDER is active. See section 3.14 for instructions how to start recording. In order to
understand meanings of particular parameter see section 5.1.9.
3.13.1 Meter
By entering SIGNALLING option from MEASUREMENTS submenu, the SIGNALLING tabular screen is
shown (see figure below).
72
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Signalling
Figure 53: Signalling meter screen
Description of symbols and abbreviations used in METER screen is shown in table below.
Table 49: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
True effective value signal voltage (USig1, USig2, USig3, USig12, USig23, USig31) for a userspecified carrier frequency (316.0 Hz in shown example) expressed in Volts or
percent of fundamental voltage
True effective value signal voltage (USig1, USig2, USig3, USig12, USig23, USig31) for a userspecified carrier frequency (1060.0 Hz in shown example) expressed in Volts or
percent of fundamental voltage
True effective value of phase or phase to phase voltage URms (U1, U2, U3, U12, U23,
U31)
Sig1
316.0 Hz
Sig2
1060.0 Hz
RMS
Table 50: Keys in Signalling (METER) screen
F1
F4
HOLD
Holds measurement on display. Hold clock time will be displayed in the
right top corner.
RUN
Runs held measurement.
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
TABLE
Switches to TABLE view (available only during recording).
Triggers Waveform snapshot.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.13.2 Trend
During active recording TREND view is available (see section 3.14 for instructions how to start
recording). Signalling parameters can be observed by cycling function key F4 (METER -TREND).
73
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Signalling
Figure 54: Signalling trend screen
Table 51: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Usig1, Usig2, Usig3,
Usig12, Usig23, Usig31
14.Nov.2013
13:50:00
22h 25m 00s
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) value of (USig1, USig2, USig3,
USig12, USig23, USig31) signal voltage for a user-specified Sig1/Sig2
frequency (Sig1 = 316.0 Hz / Sig2 = 1060.0 Hz in shown example).
Timestamp of interval (IP) selected by cursor.
Current GENERAL RECORDER time (Days hours: min: sec)
Table 52: Keys in Signalling (TREND) screen
Selects between the following options:
F2
f1 f2
Shows signal voltage for a user-specified signalling frequency (Sig1).
f1 f2
Shows signal voltage for a user-specified signalling frequency (Sig2).
Selects between trending various parameters:
F3
1 23
Shows signalling for phase 1
1 23
Shows signalling for phase 2
1 23
Shows signalling for phase 3
1 23

12 23 31 Δ
Shows signalling for phase-to-phase voltage L12.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows signalling for phase-to-phase voltage L23.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows signalling for phase-to-phase voltage L31.
12 23 31
F4
Shows signalling for all phases (average only)
Δ
Shows signalling for all phase-to-phase voltages (average only).
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
TABLE
Switches to TABLE view (available only during recording).
Moves cursor and select time interval (IP) for observation.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
74
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Signalling
3.13.3 Table
During active recording TABLE view is available (see section 3.14 for instructions how to start recording),
by cycling function key F4 (METER –TREND - TABLE). Signalling events can be here observed as required
by standard IEC 61000-4-30. For each signalling event instrument capture waveform which can be
observed in PowerView.
Figure 55: Signalling table screen
Table 53: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
No
L
F
Sig
START
MAX
Level
Duration
f1
f2
Signalling event number
Phases on which signalling event occurred
Flag indication
• 0 – none of intervals are flagged
• 1 – at least one of intervals inside recorded signalling is
flagged
Frequency on which signalling occurred, defined as “Sign. 1”
frequency (f1) and “Sign. 2” frequency (f2) in SIGNALLING SETUP
menu. See 3.23.4 for details.
Time when observed Signalling voltage crosses threshold boundary.
Maximal voltage level recorder captured during signalling events
Threshold level in % of nominal voltage Un, defined in SIGNALLING
SETUP menu. See 3.23.4 for details.
Duration of captured waveform, defined in SIGNALLING SETUP
menu. See 3.23.4 for details.
1st observed signalling frequency.
2nd observed signalling frequency.
Table 54: Keys in Signalling (TABLE) screen
F4
METER
Switches to METER view.
TREND
Switches to TREND view (available only during recording).
TABLE
Switches to TABLE view (available only during recording).
Moves cursor through signalling table.
75
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Recorder
Returns to the “MEASUREMENTS” submenu.
3.14
General Recorder
MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 has ability to record measured data in the background. By entering GENERAL
RECORDER option from RECORDERS submenu, recorder parameters can be customized in order to meet
criteria about interval, start time and duration for the recording campaign. General recorder setup
screen is shown below:
Figure 56: General recorder setup screen
Description of General recorder settings is given in the following table:
Table 55: General recorder settings description and screen symbols
General recorder is active, waiting for start condition to be met.
After start conditions are met (defined start time), instrument will
capture waveform snapshot and start (activate) General recorder.
General recorder is active, recording in progress
Note: Recorder will run until one of the following end conditions is
met:
• STOP key was pressed by user
• Given Duration criteria was met
• Maximal record length was reached
• SD CARD is full
Note: If recorder start time is not explicitly given, recorder start
depends on Real Time clock multiple of interval. For example:
recorder is activated at 12:12 with 5-minute interval. Recorder will
actually start at 12:15.
Note: If during record session instrument batteries are drained, due
to long interruption for example, instrument will shut down
automatically. After power restauration, it will automatically start
new recording session.
Capturing of predefined Alarms under progress
Capturing of predefined Events under progress
76
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Recorder
Capturing of Inrush under progress
Capturing of RVC under progress
Capturing of Signalling under progress
Capturing of Transient under progress
Profile
Select recording profile:
• Standard profile. Include all measurement in record.
Suitable for most PQ measurement
• Limited profile. Include limited set of measurements (most
important). Suitable for long records with short interval (1week record with 1 second interval). See section 4.4 for
details.
Define the measured interval. Available settings are from 1 second
to 120 minutes.
Available intervals: 1 sec, 3 sec, 5 sec, 10 sec, 1 min, 2 min, 5 min, 10
min, 15 min, 30 min, 60 min, 120 min
Interval
Start time
Duration
Note: In case, that measured period is shorter than 10 seconds, than
we not suggest to simultaneously detection of Event Waveforms and
Transient, which could slowdown the analyser and may cause a
problem saving data to the SD card.
Define start time of recording:
• Manual, pressing function key F1
• At the given time and date.
Define recording duration. General recorder will record
measurement for given time duration:
• Manual,
• 5, 10, 20, 30 minutes
• 1, 6 or 12 hours, or
• 1, 2, 3, 7, 15, 30, 60 days.
Note: number of available duration intervals is related to the
recorder period.
Define network events, which are captured and registered during
recorder session – ON/OFF selection:
MI 2893:
Network events
77
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Recorder
MI 2892/MI 2885:
Note: Waveform duration and pretrigger for event and alarms
captured under General Recorder are programmed under EVENT
SETUP and ALARM SETUP window.
User defined Folder name, where recorder data will be saved
Folder name
Folder name enter field
Recommended/maximal
record duration:
Available memory
Show recommended and maximal Duration parameter for giver
recording Interval.
Show SD card free space
Table 56: Keys in General recorder setup screen
F1
START
STOP
Starts the recorder.
Stops the recorder.
Show help screen where it’s explained which measurements will be
recoded with Limited and Standard profile.
F2
HELP
See section 4.4 for details.
F3
F4
CONFIG
Shortcut to Connection setup. See 4.2 for details.
CHECK C.
Check connection settings. See 3.23.1 for details.
78
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Waveform/Inrush recorder
Enters recorder starting date/time setup.
ENTER
Keys in Set start time window:
Selects parameter to be changed.
Modifies parameter.
Confirms selected option.
ENTER
Exits Set start time window without modifications.
Selects parameter to be changed.
Modifies parameter.
Returns to the “RECORDERS” submenu.
3.15
Waveform/Inrush recorder
Waveform recording is a powerful tool for troubleshooting and capturing current and voltage
waveforms and inrushes. Waveform recorder saves a defined number of periods of voltage and current
on a trigger occurrence. Each recording consists of pre-trigger interval (before trigger) and post-trigger
interval (after trigger).
Record
Post-trigger
Pre-trigger
Record start
Record stop
Trigger point
Figure 57: Triggering in waveform record
3.15.1 Setup
Waveform recorder setup menu is available from:
MAIN MENU → MEASUREMENT SETUP → WAVE.REC.SETUP
or
MAIN MENU → RECORDERS → WAVEFORM REC → F3 (SETUP)
79
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Waveform/Inrush recorder
Figure 58: Waveform recorder setup screen
Table 57: Waveform recorder settings description and screen symbols
Waveform recorder is active, waiting for trigger (presented only in
case, when Waveform recorder is started)
Waveform recorder is active, recording in progress (presented only in
case, when Waveform recorder is started)
Trigger source set up:
• Events – triggered by voltage event (see 3.23.2);
• Alarms – triggered by alarm activation (see 3.23.3);
• Events & Alarms – triggered by alarm or event;
Trigger
• Level U – triggered by voltage level;
• Level I – triggered by current level (inrush).
• Interval – periodical trigger for given time period (each 10
minutes for example). Interval between two-time triggered
waveforms in Interval trigger type
Voltage or current level in % of nominal voltage or current and in (V
Level*
or A), which will trigger recording
• Rise – triggering will occur only if voltage or current rise
above given level
• Fall - triggering will occur only if voltage or current fall below
Slope*
given level
• Any – triggering will occur if voltage or current rise above or
fall below given level
Duration
Record length.
Pretrigger
Recorded interval before triggering occurs.
Store mode setup:
• Single – waveform recording ends after first trigger;
• Continuous (Max. 1500 record)– consecutive waveform
recording until user stops the measurement or instrument
Store mode
runs out of storage memory. Every consecutive waveform
recording will be treated as a separate record. By default, 200
records can be recorded. This value can be changed, if
necessary. More than 200 records can slow down the
instrument.
* Available only if Level U or Level I triggering is selected.
Table 58: Keys in Waveform recorder setup screen
F2
HELP
Show help screens. See 5.1.19 for details.
80
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Waveform/Inrush recorder
F3
CONFIG
Shortcut to CONNECTION SETUP menu. See 3.23.1 for details.
F4
CHECK C.
Check connection settings. See 3.23.1 for details.
Selects parameter to be changed.
Modifies parameter.
ENTER
Enter into submenu (
).
Returns to the submenu.
3.15.2 Capturing waveform
After waveform recorder is started, instrument waits for trigger occurrence. This can be seen by
observing status bar, where icon
is present. If trigger conditions are met, recording will be started.
Following screen opens when a user switches to WAVEFORM REC. view.
81
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Waveform/Inrush recorder
Figure 59: Waveform recorder capture screen
F1
F3
START
Starts waveform recording.
SETUP
Shortcut to WAVE. REC. SETUP menu. See 3.23.1 for details.
Returns to the “RECORDERS” menu.
Figure 60: Waveform recorder screen
STOP
F1
F2
TRIG
Stops waveform recording.
Note: If user forces waveform recorder to stop before trigger occurs,
no data will be recorded. Data recording occurs only when trigger is
activated.
Manually generates trigger condition
Returns to the “RECORDERS ” menu.
Figure 61: Waveform recorder scope screen
Table 59: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Waveform recorder is active, waiting for trigger
Waveform recorder is active, recording in progress
U1, U2, U3, Un
U12, U23, U31
True effective value of phase voltage: U1Rms, U2Rms, U3Rms, UNRms
True effective value of phase-to-phase voltage:
U12Rms, U23Rms, U31Rms
82
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
I1, I2, I3, In
Waveform/Inrush recorder
True effective value of current: I1Rms, I2Rms, I3Rms, INRms
Table 60: Keys in Waveform recorder capture screen
F1
TRIG.
Manually generates trigger condition (Active only if recording is in
progress).
Selects which waveforms to show:
Shows voltage waveform.
Shows current waveform.
Shows voltage and current waveforms on single graph.
Shows voltage and current waveforms on separate graphs.
Selects between phase, neutral, all-phases and line view:
Shows waveforms for phase L1.
Shows waveforms for phase L2.
Shows waveforms for phase L3.
Shows waveforms for neutral channel.
Shows waveforms for all phases.
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L12.
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L23.
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L31.
Shows waveforms for all phase-to-phase voltages.
F2
U I U,I U/I
U I U,I U/I
U I U,I U/I
U I U,I U/I
F3
1 23N
1 23N
1 23N
1 23N
1 23N
12 23 31 Δ
12 23 31 Δ
12 23 31 Δ
12 23 31 Δ
F4
SETUP
ENTER
Selects which waveform to zoom (only in U,I or U/I ).
Switches to SETUP view.
(Active only if recording in progress).
Sets vertical zoom.
Sets horizontal zoom.
Returns to the “WAVEFORM RECORDER” setup screen.
3.15.3 Captured waveform
Captured waveforms can be viewed from the Memory list menu.
Figure 62: Captured waveform recorder screen
83
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Waveform/Inrush recorder
Table 61: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
t:
u1(t), u2(t), u3(t), un(t)
u12(t), u23(t), u31(t)
i1(t), i2(t), i3(t), in(t)
U1, U2, U3, Un
U12, U23, U31
I1, I2, I3, In
Memory list recall. Shown screen is recalled from memory
Cursor position in seconds (regarding to trigger time – blue line on
graph)
Samples value of phase voltages U1, U2, U3, UN.
Samples value of phase-to-phase voltages U12, U23, U31.
Samples value of phase currents I1, I2, I3, IN.
True effective half cycle phase voltage URms(1/2)
True effective half cycle phase to phase voltage URms(1/2)
True effective half cycle value IRms(1/2)
Table 62: Keys in captured waveform recorder screens
Selects between the following options:
F2
U I U,I U/I
Shows voltage waveform.
U I U,I U/I
Shows current waveform.
U I U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current waveforms (single mode).
U I U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current waveforms (dual mode).
Selects between phase, neutral, all-phases and view:
F3
1 23N
Shows waveforms for phase L1.
1 23N
Shows waveforms for phase L2.
1 23N
Shows waveforms for phase L3.
1 23N
Shows waveforms for neutral channel.
1 23N

Shows all phases waveforms.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L12.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L23.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L31.
12 23 31
Δ
Shows all phase-to-phase waveforms.
Sets vertical zoom.
Moves cursor.
ENTER
Toggles between sample value and true effective half cycle value at cursor position.
Toggles cursor between voltage and current (only in U,I or U/I).
Returns to the “MEMORY LIST” submenu.
84
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
3.16
Transient recorder
Transient recorder
Transient is a term for short, highly damped momentary voltage or current disturbance.
Table 63: Transients on the low voltage network
Rise time
>100 µs
1 µs to 100 µs
<1 µs
Cause
• Operation of current-limiting fuses (amplitude up to 1 kV – 2 kV)
• Activation of capacitors banks for power factor corrections (amplitude up tp
2 -3 times of nominal peak voltage)
• Transference of switching transient over voltages from MV to LV across
MV/LV transformers by electromagnetic coupling (amplitude up to 1 kV)
• Direct lightning stroke on the LV line conductors (amplitude up to 20 kV)
• Induction coupling of a lightning stroke in a vicinity of an L line (amplitude up
to 6 kV, high energy levels)
• Resistive coupling associated with lightning currents flowing in the common
earth paths of network (amplitude up to 10 kV)
• Transference of transients from MV to LV by capacitive transformer coupling
(amplitude up to 6 kV)
• Operation of fuses (amplitude up to 2 kV, low energy content generally)
• Local load switching od small inductive currents and short wiring (amplitude
up to 2 kV)
• Fast transients due to switching in LV by air-gap switches
3.16.1 Power Master XT - MI 2893
A transient recording is recording with the 1 MSamples/sec sampling rate. The principle of
measurement is similar to waveform recording, but with higher sampling rate. In contrary to waveform
recording, where recording is triggered based on RMS values, trigger in transient recorder is based on
sample values.
Notes:
- To detect voltage transients at 3W connection, GND terminal should be connected according
the proposed connection. Trigger selection should be selected as “GND”;
- To detect voltage transients at Open Delta connection, GND terminal should be connected
according the proposed connection. Trigger selection should be selected as “GND”. For
detecting transients in L2 current, also L2 current clamps should be connected;
- Transient measurements (high frequency events) on the secondary side of transformers
(current and voltage transient measurements) could suppressed and/or distorted due to narrow
frequency response of transformers. Same effect could be also present when measuring
transients with the flex current clamps;
- For proper current transient measurements, it is obligatory to use fixed current range.
3.16.1.1 Setup
Transient recorder setup menu is available from:
MAIN MENU → MEASUREMENT SETUP → TRANSIENT SETUP
or
85
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Transient recorder
MAIN MENU → RECORDERS → TRANSIENT REC. → F3 (SETUP)
Figure 63: Transient recorder setup screen – MI 2893
Table 64: Transient recorder settings description and screen symbols
Envelope: Trigger value is based on envelope within voltage/current
that is expected. As reference, voltage/current waveform from
previous cycle is taken. If current sample is not within envelope,
triggering will occur. See 5.1.20 for details.
Phase voltage limits:
Minimum value: 0.0055 * Unom * sqrt(2)
Maximum value: 1.1 * Unom * sqrt(2)
Neutral voltage limits → not available
Phase/Neutral current limits:
Minimum value: 0.0055 * Inom * sqrt(2)
Maximum value: 1.1 * Inom * sqrt(2)
Previous
cycle
Trigger
Trigger
Envelope
Envelope
Current
cycle
Level: Trigger will occur if any sample within period is greater than
defined absolute trigger level. Level is defined as absolute expected
monitoring value. See 5.1.20 for details.
Trigger level
Trigger level
Phase voltage limits:
Minimum value: Unom
Maximum value: 5500 * VT ratio
Neutral voltage limits:
Minimum value: 0,0055 * Unom * sqrt(2)
86
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Transient recorder
Maximum value: 1 V
Phase/Neutral current limits:
Minimum value: 0.1 * sqrt(2) * Inom
Maximum value: 1.5 * sqrt(2) * Inom
PHASE:
U: Trigger on transients at active voltage (phase/line) channels
I: Trigger on transients at active phase current channels
Trigger type
NEUTRAL:
Un: Trigger on transients at Ground to Neutral voltage channel
In: Trigger on transients at Neutral current channel
Note:
Minimum current trigger selection: 10% *Inom * sqrt (2)
Maximum current trigger selection: 150%* Inom * sqrt (2)
Store mode setup:
• No limit – transient recording runs until the space on the SD
card is full. New recording session is started after captured
500 transients. This setup is used only when Transient
Recorder runs as independent recorder
•
Store mode
Continuous (200/1500 Max) – consecutive transient
recording until user stops the measurement or the
instrument reaches the set number of transients.
By default, 200 records is set. This value can be changed, if
necessary.
Note:
No limit setup is used only when Transient Recorder runs as
independent recorder (Transient Recorder).
Continuous setup is automatically accepted when transients
are recorded under General Recorder.
Table 65: Keys in Transient recorder setup screen
Show triggering help screens (valid for voltage and current) See 5.1.20
for details.
F2
HELP
F3
TRIG OFF
Deleting the trigger selection
F4
CHECK C.
Check connection settings. See 3.23.1 for details.
87
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Transient recorder
Selects parameter to be changed.
Modifies parameter.
ENTER
Enter into submenu (
).
Returns to the submenu.
3.16.2Power Master/Master Q4 - MI 2892/MI 2885
A transient recording is recording with the 49 kSamples/sec sampling rate.
3.16.2.1 Setup
Transient recorder setup menu is available from:
MAIN MENU → MEASUREMENT SETUP → TRANSIENT SETUP
or
MAIN MENU → RECORDERS → TRANSIENT REC. → F3 (SETUP)
Figure 64: Transient recorder setup screen – MI 2892/MI 2885
Note: only single trigger could be selected. Selecting the trigger, one will automatically deselect other
ones.
Table 66: Transient recorder settings description and screen symbols
Envelope: Trigger value is based on envelope within voltage/current
that is expected. As reference, voltage/current waveform from
previous cycle is taken. If current sample is not within envelope,
triggering will occur. See 5.1.20 for details.
Trigger
Phase voltage limits:
Minimum value: 0.0055 * Unom * sqrt(2)
Maximum value: 1.1 * Unom * sqrt(2)
Neutral voltage limits → not available
88
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Transient recorder
Phase/Neutral current limits:
Minimum value: 0.0055 * Inom * sqrt(2)
Maximum value: 1.1 * Inom * sqrt(2)
Previous
cycle
Trigger
Envelope
Envelope
Current
cycle
Level: Trigger will occur if any sample within period is greater than
defined absolute trigger level. Level is defined as absolute expected
monitoring value. See 5.1.20 for details.
Trigger level
Trigger level
Phase voltage limits:
Minimum value: Unom
Maximum value: 5500 * VT ratio
Neutral voltage limits:
Minimum value: 0,0055 * Unom * sqrt(2)
Maximum value: 1 V
Phase/Neutral current limits:
Minimum value: 0.1 * sqrt(2) * Inom
Maximum value: 1.5 * sqrt(2) * Inom
PHASE:
U: Trigger on transients at active voltage (phase/line) channels
I: Trigger on transients at active phase current channels
Trigger type
NEUTRAL:
Un: Trigger on transients at Ground to Neutral voltage channel
In: Trigger on transients at Neutral current channel
Note:
Minimum current trigger selection: 10% *Inom * sqrt (2)
Maximum current trigger selection: 150%* Inom * sqrt (2)
Store mode setup:
• No limit – transient recording runs until the space on the SD
card is full. New recording session is started after captured
500 transients.
Store mode
Duration
•
Continuous (200/1500 Max) – consecutive transient
recording until user stops the measurement or the
instrument reaches the set number of transients.
By default, 200 records is set. This value can be changed, if
necessary.
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 periods (number of capturing periods)
89
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Pretrigger
Transient recorder
0, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 periods (number of capturing periods before
trigger)
Table 67: Keys in Transient recorder setup screen
Show triggering help screens (valid for voltage and current) See 5.1.20
for details.
F2
HELP
F3
CONFIG
Shortcut to CONNECTION SETUP menu. See 3.23.1 for details.
F4
CHECK C.
Check connection settings. See 3.23.1 for details.
Selects parameter to be changed.
Modifies parameter.
ENTER
Enter into submenu (
).
Returns to the submenu.
3.16.3 Capturing transients
After transient recorder is started, instrument waits for trigger occurrence. This can be seen by
observing status bar, where icon
is present. If trigger conditions are met, recording will be started.
Figure 65: Transient recorder capture screen (waiting phase/recording) – MI 2893
90
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Transient recorder
Figure 66: Transient recorder capture screen (waiting phase/recording) – MI 2892/MI 2885
Figure 67: Captured Transient recorder screen
Table 68: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Transient recorder is active, waiting for trigger
Transient recorder is active, recording in progress
U1, U2, U3, Un
U12, U23, U31
I1, I2, I3, In
True 1-cycle effective value of phase voltage: U1Rms, U2Rms, U3Rms,
UNRms
True 1-cycle effective value of phase-to-phase voltage:
U12Rms, U23Rms, U31Rms
True 1-cycle effective value of current: I1Rms, I2Rms, I3Rms, INRms
Table 69: Keys in Transient recorder capture screen
F1
F2
TRIG.
Manually generates trigger condition (Active only if recording is in
progress).
U I U,I U/I
U I U,I U/I
U I U,I U/I
U I U,I U/I
Selects which waveforms to show:
Shows voltage waveform.
Shows current waveform.
Shows voltage and current waveforms on single graph.
Shows voltage and current waveforms on separate graphs.
Selects between phase, neutral, all-phases and line view:
91
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
F3
1 23N
1 23N
1 23N
1 23N
1 23N
12 23 31 Δ
12 23 31 Δ
12 23 31 Δ
12 23 31 Δ
F4
SETUP
Transient recorder
Shows waveforms for phase L1.
Shows waveforms for phase L2.
Shows waveforms for phase L3.
Shows waveforms for neutral channel.
Shows waveforms for all phases.
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L12.
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L23.
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L31.
Shows waveforms for all phase-to-phase voltages.
Switches to SETUP view (Active only if recording in progress).
Sets vertical zoom.
ENTER
Selects which waveform to zoom (only in U,I or U/I ).
Returns to the “TRANSIENT RECORDER” screen.
3.16.4 Captured transients
Captured transient records can be viewed from the Memory list where captured waveforms can be
analysed. Trigger occurrence is marked with the blue line, while cursor position line is marked in black.
Figure 68: Captured transient recorder screen
Table 70: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Memory list recall. Shown screen is recalled from memory
t:
u1(t), u2(t), u3(t), un(t)
u12(t), u23(t), u31(t)
i1(t), i2(t), i3(t), in(t)
Cursor position regarding to trigger time (blue line on graph)
Samples value of phase voltages U1, U2, U3, UN.
Samples value of phase-to-phase voltages U12, U23, U31.
Samples value of phase currents I1, I2, I3, IN.
Table 71: Keys in captured transient recorder screens
Selects between the following options:
92
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
F2
Events table
U I U,I U/I
Shows voltage waveform.
U I U,I U/I
Shows current waveform.
U I U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current waveforms (single mode).
U I U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current waveforms (dual mode).
Selects between phase, neutral, all-phases and view:
F3
1 23N
Shows waveforms for phase L1.
1 23N
Shows waveforms for phase L2.
1 23N
Shows waveforms for phase L3.
1 23N
Shows waveforms for neutral channel.
1 23N
F4

Shows waveforms for all phases.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L12.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L23.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for phase-to-phase voltage L31.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows waveforms for all phase-to-phase voltages.
ZOOM
Sets horizontal zoom
Sets vertical zoom.
Moves cursor.
ENTER
Toggles cursor between voltage and current (only in U,I or U/I).
Returns to the “MEMORY LIST” submenu.
3.17
Events table
In this table captured voltage dips, swells and interrupts are shown. Note that events appear in the table
after finishing, when voltage return to the normal value. All events can be grouped according to IEC
61000-4-30. Additionally, for troubleshooting purposes events can be separated by phase. This is
toggled by pressing function key F1. Event table is active only during general recording.
3.17.1 Group view
In this view voltage event are grouped according to IEC 61000-4-30 (see section 5.1.12 for details). Table
where events are summarized is shown below. Each line in table represents one event, described by
event number, event start time, duration and level. Additionally, in colon “T” event characteristics
(Type) is shown (see table below for details).
93
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Events table
Figure 69: Voltage events in group view screen
By pressing “ENTER” on particular event we can examine event details. Event is split by phase events
and sorted by start time.
Figure 70: Voltage event in detail view screen
Table 72: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Date
No.
L
Start
T
Level
Duration
Date when selected event has occurred
Unified event number (ID)
Indicate phase or phase-to-phase voltage where event has occurred:
1 – event on phase U1
2 – event on phase U2
3 – event on phase U3
12 – event on voltage U12
23 – event on voltage U23
31 – event on voltage U31
Note: This indication is shown only in event details, since one grouped event can have
many phase events.
Event start time (when first URms(1/2)) value crosses threshold.
Indicates type of event or transition:
D – Dip
I – Interrupt
S – Swell
Minimal or maximal value in event UDip, UInt, USwell
Event duration.
94
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Events table
Table 73: Keys in Events table group view screens
F1
 Ph.
Group view is shown. Press to switch on “PHASE” view.
 Ph.
Phase view is shown. Press to switch on “GROUP” view.
Shows all types of events (dips and swell). Interrupts are treated as
special case of voltage dip event. START time and Duration in table is
referenced to complete voltage event.
F2
ALL INT
Shows poly-phase voltage interrupts only, according to the IEC 61000-430 requirements. START time and Duration in table is referenced to
voltage interrupt only.
ALL INT
Shows selected waveform and inrush view.
VIEW
F4
Selects event.
ENTER
Enters detail event view.
95
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Events table
Returns to Events table group view screen.
Returns to “RECORDERS” submenu.
3.17.2Phase view
In this view voltage events are separated by phases. This is convenient view for troubleshooting.
Additionally, user can use filters in order to observe only particular type of event on a specific phase.
Captured events are shown in a table, where each line contains one phase event. Each event has an
event number, event start time, duration and level. Additionally, in colon “T” type of event is shown (see
table below for details).
Figure 71: Voltage events screens
You can also see details of each individual voltage event and waveform/inrush view of all events.
Statistics show count registers for each individual event type by phase.
Table 74: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Date
No.
L
Start
T
Level
Duration
Date when selected event has occurred
Unified event number (ID)
Indicate phase or phase-to-phase voltage where event has occurred:
1 – event on phase U1
2 – event on phase U2
3 – event on phase U3
12 – event on voltage U12
23 – event on voltage U23
31 – event on voltage U31
Event start time (when first URms(1/2)) value crosses threshold.
Indicates type of event or transition:
D – Dip
I – Interrupt
S – Swell
Minimal or maximal value in event UDip, UInt, USwell
Event duration.
96
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Alarms table
Table 75: Keys in Events table phase view screens
F1
 PH
Group view is shown. Press to switch on “PHASE” view.
 PH
Phase view is shown. Press to switch on “GROUP” view.
Filters events by type:
F2
 DIP INT SWELL
Shows all event types.
 DIP INT SWELL
Shows dips only.
 DIP INT SWELL
Shows interrupts only.
 DIP INT SWELL
Shows swells only.
Filters events by phase:
F3
1 23T
Shows only events on phase L1.
1 23T
Shows only events on phase L2.
1 23T
Shows only events on phase L3.
1 23T
Shows events on all phases.
12 23 31 T
Shows only events on phases L12.
12 23 31 T
Shows only events on phases L23.
12 23 31 T
Shows only events on phases L31.
12 23 31 T
Shows events on all phases.
Shows selected waveform and inrush view.
VIEW
F4
Selects event.
ENTER
Enters detail event view.
Returns to Events table phase view screen.
Returns to the “RECORDERS” submenu.
3.18
Alarms table
This screen shows list of alarms which went off. Alarms are displayed in a table, where each row
represents an alarm. Each alarm is associated with a start time, phase, type, slope, min/max value and
duration (see 3.23.3 for alarm setup and 5.1.14 for alarm measurement details).
97
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Alarms table
Figure 72: Alarms list screen
Table 76: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Date
Start
L
Slope
Min/Max
Duration
Date when selected alarm has occurred
Selected alarm start time (when first URms value cross threshold)
Indicate phase or phase-to-phase voltage where event has occurred:
1 – alarm on phase L1
2 – alarm on phase L2
3 – alarm on phase L3
12 – alarm on line L12
23 – alarm on line L23
31 – alarm on line L31
Indicates alarms transition:
• Rise – parameter has over-crossed threshold
• Fall – parameter has under-crossed threshold
Minimal or maximal parameter value during alarm occurrence
Alarm duration.
Table 77: Keys in Alarms table screens
Filters alarms according to the following parameters:
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
All alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Voltage alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Combined power alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
F2
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Fundamental power alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Nonfundamental power alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Flicker alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Unbalance alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
98
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Rapid voltage changes (RVC) table
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Harmonics alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Interharmonics alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Signalling alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
 UIF C. Pwr F. Pwr NF. Pwr
Temperature alarms.
Flick Sym H iH Sig Temp
Filters alarms according to phase on which they
occurred:
F3
1 2 3 N 12 23 31 T 
1 2 3 N 12 23 31 T 
Shows only alarms on phase L1.
1 2 3 N 12 23 31 T 
Shows only alarms on phase L3.
1 2 3 N 12 23 31 T 
Shows only alarms on neutral channel.
1 2 3 N 12 23 31 T 
Shows only alarms on phases L12.
1 2 3 N 12 23 31 T 
Shows only alarms on phases L23.
1 2 3 N 12 23 31 T 
Shows only alarms on phases L31.
1 2 3 N 12 23 31 T 
Shows only alarms on channels which are not channel
dependent
1 2 3 N 12 23 31 T

Shows only alarms on phase L2.
Shows all alarms.
Selects an alarm.
Returns to the “RECORDERS” submenu.
3.19
Rapid voltage changes (RVC) table
In this table captured RVC events are shown. Events appear in the table after finish, when voltage is in
the steady state. RVC events are measured and represented according to IEC 61000-4-30. See 5.1.15 for
details.
Figure 73: RVC Events table group view screen
Table 78: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
No.
Unified event number (ID)
99
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Inrush table
L
Indicate phase or phase-to-phase voltage where event has occurred:
1 – event on phase U1
2 – event on phase U2
3 – event on phase U3
12 – event on voltage U12
23 – event on voltage U23
31 – event on voltage U31
Start
Duration
dMax
Event start time (when first URms(1/2)) value crosses threshold.
Event duration.
∆Umax - maximum absolute difference between any of the URms(1/2)
values during the RVC event and the final arithmetic mean 100/120 URms(1/2) value just
prior to the RVC event.
∆Uss - is the absolute difference between the final arithmetic mean
100/120 URms(1/2) value just prior to the RVC event and the first arithmetic mean
100/120 URms(1/2) value after the RVC event.
dUss
Table 79: Keys in RVC Events table group view screens
Shows event statistics (phase by phase).
STAT
F4
RVC
Returns to RVC Events table group view screen.
Returns to RVC Events table group view screen.
Returns to “RECORDERS” submenu.
3.20
Inrush table
This screen shows list of Inrush events. Inrush events are displayed in a table, where each row
represents single Inrush. Each Inrush is associated with a start time, phase (Channel) and max value.
100
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
E-Meter recorder (MI 2892/MI 2885)
Figure 74: Inrush table group view screen
Table 80: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
No.
Start
Channel
MAX
Unified event number (ID)
Inrush start time (when first IRms(1/2)) value crosses threshold.
Channel, where Inrush occurs.
Maximal value during Inrush.
3.21
E-Meter recorder (MI 2892/MI 2885)
E-Meter recorder is used for accuracy measurements of electronic as well as mechanical (inductive)
meters. For accuracy measurements, comparison method is used. Voltage and current which flow
through the tested object is also connected to the reference Power Quality Instrument. Function is
supported on MI 2892 or MI 2885 Power Quality Instrument.
The total accuracy of the complete system depends on accuracy of voltage and current measurements,
mainly on the used current clamps. The most critical issue is current measurements. Current should be
detected by the most accurate current clamps (A 1588) or I/U transducer (A 1037) to achieve the highest
possible accuracy.
Note: Metrel suggest to use A 1398 PQA, A 1588 current clamps or A 1037 U/I transducer to achieve
the system accuracy approx. to 1%.
As reference meter Power Quality Instrument is used. 200ms measurements are accumulated during
the accuracy measurements. PQI collets pulses from the E-Meter and compare energy measured by the
PQI and energy collected by the pulses, generated from the E-Meter. Algorithms inside the PQI
compensate energy captured in the start and stop 200ms intervals related to the pulse captured from
the E-Meter.
101
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
E-Meter recorder (MI 2892/MI 2885)
Figure 75: E - Meter measuring accuracy comparison methods
In order to start the E-Meter accuracy procedure following steps should be followed:
1. Connect voltage test leads and current clamps to selected test object (E-Meter). Take care about
proper connection and selection of used current clamps and range.
Figure 76: PQI setup connection and Connection check
2. Install Photo – scanning head A 1756 into the tested E-Meter. For proper installation, follow the
procedure in the manual for A 1756.
3. Connect cable between the Photo-Scanning head and PQI.
4. Select E-Meter recorder under Recorder menu:
Figure 77: E-Meter functionality under Recorder menu
5. E-Meter recording window and parameters setup:
102
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
E-Meter recorder (MI 2892/MI 2885)
Figure 78: E-Meter Recorder menu
Table 81: E-Meter recorder settings description
E-Meter recorder is active, waiting for start condition to be met.
After start conditions are met (start impulse from the photoscanning head), instrument will start with E-Meter measurements.
Measurements number
Registered energy
Number of pulses
Error
Average error
E-Meter recorder is active. Measurements running according the
setup.
Note: Recorder will run until one of the following end conditions is
met:
• STOP key was pressed by user
• Given Duration criteria was met
• SD CARD is full
Note: If during record session instrument batteries are drained, due
to long interruption for example, instrument will shut down
automatically. After power restauration, it will automatically start
new recording session.
The n-th measurement is performed out of the total defined number
of measurements
Example: 3/5 → the third measurement is active from the total
number of 5.
Energy (kWh/kvarh) registered by the Power Quality Instrument
Number of accepted pulses from the E-Meter from the total defined
number of pulses.
Example: 3/5 → 3 pulses accepted from the total selected number
of 5.
E-Meter error, getting from the individual measurement. On the LCD
screen only last 5 error results are presented. For the detailed view,
download data with PowerView and analyse the data.
Average error calculated from the individual measurements.
103
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
E-Meter recorder (MI 2892/MI 2885)
Table 82: Functional Keys in E-Meter recorder setup screen
F1
START
STOP
F2
RESET
F3
CONFIG
F4
SETUP
Starts the recorder (selection, when recorder is not running)
Stops the recorder (selection, when recorder is running)
Reset E-Meter measurements results
(selection, when recorder is not running)
Shortcut to the PQI Connection setup.
(Selection, when recorder is not running)
E-Meter recorder setup.
(Selection, when recorder is not running)
Moves cursor to the next row up/down; enter desired
character
Field selection/Increase (Decrease) the value
Figure 79: E-Meter Recorder setup menu
Table 83: E-Meter recorder setup settings description
Selection of E-Meter measured value, which is tested
(Active/Reactive).
Measured value
Meter constant
Active: Q I + Q II + Q III + Q IV (combined)
Reactive: Q I + Q II + Q III + Q IV (QvFund / Qenergy)
Q - fundamental vector reactive power.
Q+ – reactive energy according IEEE 1459
E-Meter metrological constant (LED: imp/kWh; imp/kvarh;
Mechanical meter: Revs/kWh)
104
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
CT ratio
VT ratio
Number of pulses
Accumulated energy
Measurements number
E-Meter recorder (MI 2892/MI 2885)
Current transformer ratio (applicable, when PQA measure primary
current and e-meter measure secondary current)
Voltage transformer ratio (applicable, when PQA measure primary
voltage and e-meter measure secondary current)
Number of pulses to be captured from E-Meter
Requested registered energy during accuracy measurements
Note: Number of pulses or Accumulated energy should be selected.
If you entered one value, the other one is automatically calculated.
Note: we suggest, that accuracy measurement takes at least 10 – 15
minutes (due to changeable load).
Number of consecutive measurements that are performed
automatically.
Information field for description of measurement place and tested EMeter
Measurement place: Description of measurement place
E-Meter SN: Serial Number of tested E-Meter
E-Meter nominal data: E-Meter data, like nominal voltage & current,
cvbvbvbnvbnvnbnbnbn type, producer etc..
Info
CLEAR
F2
ADD
Add additional character
F3
A
Shortcut to characters A → .
M
Shortcut to characters M →.
F4
Select Q/Q+
Delete selected character.
F1
Selection of reactive energy used for reactive energy accuracy test
Q - fundamental vector reactive power.
Q+ – reactive energy according IEEE 1459
105
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
F3
F4
3.22
Memory List
CONFIG
Shortcut to the PQI Connection setup.
METER
Returning back to E-Meter recorder.
Memory List
Using this menu user can view and browse saved records. By entering this menu, information about
records is shown.
Figure 80: Memory list screen (Folder structure)
Table 84: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Folder No.
FOLDER NAME
TYPE
START
END
FILES NO.
Selected Folder number for which details are shown / Number of all folders
Folder name on SD Card. By convention file names are created by following
rules: REC_YYYY_MM_DD_HHMM_xxxxx, where:
• REC represent Folder type
• YYYY represent actual year
• HH represent actual month
• DD represent actual day
• HHMM represent actual hour/minutes
• xxxxx record number 00000 ÷ 99999 (running index)
Indicates type of folder, which can be one of following:
• Root (for snapshot data),
• Session (for recorded data).
Folder creation start time.
Folder stop time.
Number of recorders and snapshot’s files
106
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
SIZE
Memory List
Record size in kilobytes (kB) or megabytes (MB).
Table 85: Keys in Memory list (Folder) screen
F1
VIEW
Views details of currently selected folder.
F2
CLEAR
Clears selected folder structure.
F3
USB STICK
Enable USB memory stick support.
COPY FOLD.
COPY ALL
Copy selected folder to USB
Copy all data from SD card to USB
Opens confirmation window for clearing all saved records.
Keys in confirmation window:
Selects YES or NO.
CLR ALL
F4
ENTER
Confirms selection.
Exits confirmation window without
clearing saved records.
Browses through folders (next or previous folder).
Returns to the “RECORDERS” submenu.
By pressing
F1
(VIEW) button, details of selected folder are presented:
Figure 81: Memory list screen (Recorder data)
Table 86: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Record No
Selected record number, for which details are shown / Number of all records.
107
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
FILE NAME
Type
Interval
Start
End
Size
Memory List
Record name under selected folder structure on SD Card. By convention file
names are created by following rules: Rxxxxyyy.REC, where:
• xxxx if record number 0000 ÷ 9999
• yyy represent record type
o WAW – waveform record (samples values)
o INR – inrush record (RMS values)
o SNP – waveform snapshot
o TRA – transient record
o GEN – general record. General record generates also AVG, EVT,
PAR, ALM, SEL files, which can be found on SD Card and are
imported into PowerView.
Indicates type of record, which can be one of following:
• Snapshot,
• Transient record,
• Waveform record,
• Inrush record,
• General record.
General record recording interval (integration period)
General record start time.
General record stop time.
Record size in kilobytes (kB) or megabytes (MB).
Table 87: Keys in Memory list screen
F1
VIEW
Views details of currently selected record.
F2
CLEAR
Clears selected record.
F3
USB STICK
Enable USB memory stick support.
COPY FOLD.
COPY FILE
Copy all files from selected folder to USB stick.
Copy selected file to USB stick.
Opens confirmation window for clearing all saved records
under selected folder.
Keys in confirmation window:
F4
Selects YES or NO.
CLR ALL
ENTER
Confirms selection.
Exits confirmation window without
clearing saved records.
108
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Memory List
Browses through records (next or previous record).
Returns to the “Folder” submenu.
Returns to the “RECORDERS” submenu.
109
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Memory List
3.22.1General Record
This type of record is made by GENERAL RECORDER. Record front page is similar to the GENERAL
RECORDER setup screen, as shown on figure below.
Figure 82: Front page of General record in MEMORY LIST menu
Table 88: Recorder settings description
Record No.
FILE NAME
Type
Interval
Start
End
Size
Selected record number, for which details are shown.
Record name on SD Card
Indicate type of record: General record.
General record recording interval (integration period)
General record start time.
General record stop time.
Record size in kilobytes (kB) or megabytes (MB).
Table 89: Keys in General record front page screen
F1
VIEW
Switches to the CHANNELS SETUP menu screen.
Particular signal groups can be observed by pressing on F1 key
(VIEW).
Keys in CHANNELS SETUP menu screen:
Selects particular signal group.
110
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Memory List
F1
ENTER
Enters particular signal group
(TREND view).
Exits to MEMORY LIST menu.
F2
Clears the last record. In order to clear complete memory,
delete records one by one.
Opens confirmation window for clearing all saved records.
CLEAR
Keys in confirmation window:
F4
Selects YES or NO.
CLR ALL
ENTER
Confirms selection.
Exits confirmation window without
clearing saved records.
Browses through records (next or previous record).
Selects parameter (only in CHANNELS SETUP menu).
Returns to the “RECORDERS” submenu.
F1
By pressing
VIEW, in CHANNELS SETUP menu, TREND graph of selected channel group will
appear on the screen. Typical screen is shown on figure below.
Figure 83: Viewing recorder U,I,f TREND data
Table 90: Instrument screen symbols and abbreviations
Memory list recall. Shown screen is recalled from memory.
U1, U2 U3, Un:
Indicates position of the cursor at the graph.
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) recorded value of phase voltage U1Rms,
U2Rms, U3Rms, UNRms, for time interval selected by cursor.
111
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
U12, U23, U31
Ip:
38m 00s
10.May.2013
12:08:50
Memory List
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) recorded value of phase-to-phase
voltage U12Rms, U23Rms, U31Rms for time interval selected by cursor.
Maximal ( ), average ( ) and minimal ( ) recorded value of current I1Rms, I2Rms,
I3Rms, INRms, for time interval selected by cursor.
Time position of cursor regarding to the record start time.
Time clock at cursor position.
Table 91: Keys in Viewing recorder U,I,f TREND screens
Selects between the following options:
F2
U I f U,I U/I
Shows voltage trend.
U I f U,I U/I
Shows current trend.
U I f U,I U/I
Shows frequency trend.
U I f U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current trends (single mode).
U I f U,I U/I
Shows voltage and current trends (dual mode).
Selects between phase, neutral, all-phases and view:
F3
1 23N
Shows trend for phase L1.
1 23N
Shows trend for phase L2.
1 23N
Shows trend for phase L3.
1 23N
Shows trend for neutral channel.
1 23N

Shows all phases trends.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows trend for phases L12.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows trend for phases L23.
12 23 31 Δ
Shows trend for phases L31.
12 23 31
Δ
Shows all phase-to-phase trends.
Moves cursor and select time interval (IP) for observation.
Returns to the “CHANNELS SETUP” menu screen.
Note: Other recorded data (power, harmonics, etc.) has similar manipulation principle as described in
previous sections of this manual.
112
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Memory List
3.22.2Waveform snapshot
This type of record can be made by using
only on the measurement screens.
key (press and hold
key). Snapshot is performed
Figure 84: Front page of Snapshot in MEMORY LIST menu
Table 92: Recorder settings description
Record No.
FILE NAME
Type
Start
Size
Selected record number, for which details are shown.
Record name on SD Card
Indicate type of record:
• Snapshot.
Record start time.
Record size in kilobytes (kB).
Table 93: Keys in Snapshot record front page screen
Switches to CHANNELS SETUP menu screen.
Particular signal group can be observed by pressing on F1 key (VIEW).
F1
VIEW
Keys in CHANNELS SETUP menu screen:
Selects particular signal group.
113
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Memory List
F1
Enters particular signal group
(METER or SCOPE view).
ENTER
Exits to MEMORY LIST menu.
F3
USB STICK
Enable USB memory stick support.
COPY FOLD.
COPY FILE
Copy all files from selected folder to USB stick.
Copy selected file to USB stick.
Browses through records (next or previous record).
Returns to the “Folder” submenu.
Returns to the “RECORDERS” submenu.
F1
By pressing
VIEW in CHANNELS SETUP menu METER screen will appear. Typical screen is
shown on figure below.
Figure 85: U,I,f meter screen in recalled snapshot record
Note: For more details regarding manipulation and data observing see previous sections of this manual.
Note: Initial WAVEFORM SNAPSHOT is automatically created at the start of GENERAL RECORDER.
3.22.3 Waveform/inrush record
This type of record is made by Waveform recorder. For details regarding manipulation and data
observing see section Captured waveform 3.15.3.
3.22.4 Transients record
This type of record is made by Transient recorder. For details regarding manipulation and data observing
see section 3.16.4.
114
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
3.23
Measurement Setup submenu
Measurement Setup submenu
From the “MEASUREMENT SETUP” submenu measurement parameters can be reviewed, configured and
saved.
Figure 86: MEASUREMENT SETUP submenu
Table 94: Description of Measurement setup options
Connection setup
Event setup
Alarm setup
Signalling setup
RVC setup
Measuring methods
Transient setup
Inrush setup
Wave. Rec. setup
Setup measurement parameters.
Setup event parameters.
Setup alarm parameters.
Setup signalling parameters.
Setup RVC parameters.
Selection of measurement method (Modern (IEEE 1459), Classic (Vector),
Classic (Arithmetic)).
Setup of parameters for Transient recorder.
Setup of parameters for Waveform/Inrush recorder.
Setup of parameters for Waveform/Inrush recorder.
Table 95: Keys in Measurement setup submenu screen
Selects option from the “MEASUREMENT SETUP” submenu.
ENTER
Enters the selected option.
Returns to the “MAIN MENU” screen.
3.23.1 Connection setup
In this menu user can setup connection parameters, such as nominal voltage, frequency, etc. After all
parameters are provided, instrument will check if given parameters complies with measurements. In
case of incompatibility instrument will show Connection check warning ( ) before leaving menu.
115
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
Figure 87: “CONNECTION SETUP” screen
Table 96: Description of Connection setup
Set nominal voltage according to the network voltage. If voltage
is measured over potential transformer, then press ENTER for
setting transformer parameters:
Nominal voltage
Voltage ratio: Potential transformer ratio Δ  :
Transformer type
Primary
Secondary
Delta
Star
Star
Star
Delta
Delta
Star
Delta
Symbol
Additional
transformer ratio
1⁄
√3
√3
1
1
Note: Instrument can always measure accurately at up to 150%
of selected nominal voltage.
Phase Curr. Clamps
Neutral Curr. Clamps
Selects phase current clamps for phase current inputs.
Selects neutral current clamps for neutral current input.
116
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
Note: For Smart clamps (A 1502, A 1227, A 1281, …) always select
“Smart clamps”. Check in the Metrel General Catalogue, which
clamps are developed as “Smart clamps).
Note: Use “None" option for voltage measurements only.
Note: See section 4.2.3 for details regarding further clamps
settings.
Method of connecting the instrument to multi-phase systems
(see 4.2.1 for details).
• 1W: 1-phase 3-wire system;
•
2W: 2-phase 4-wire system;
•
3W: 3-phase 3-wire system;
•
4W: 3-phase 4-wire system;
Connection
117
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Synchronization
Measurement Setup submenu
•
OpenD: 3-phase 2 -wire (Open Delta) system.
•
INV1W: Single phase invertor connection.
•
INV3W: Single phase invertor connection.
Synchronization channel. This channel is used for instrument
synchronization to the network frequency. Also, a frequency
measurement is performed on that channel. Depending on
Connection user can select:
• 1W, 2W, 4W, INV1W: U1 or I1.
• 3W, OpenD, INV3W: U12, or I1.
118
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
Select system frequency. According to this setting 10 or 12 cycle
interval will be used for calculus (according to IEC 61000-4-30) at
50/60Hz:
• 50 Hz – 10 cycle intervals
• 60 Hz – 12 cycle intervals
• 400 Hz – 50 cycle intervals
• VFD – Variable frequency drive (5 ÷ 120 Hz) – 5 cycle
intervals
System frequency
Check if measurement results comply with given limits.
Connection check is marked with green OK sign ( ) if instrument
is connected properly and measurement comply with given
measurement setup.
Connection check is marked with yellow OK sign ( ), indicate
that some measurements are at the edge of the measurement
setup specification. This does not mean that something is
necessary wrong, but require user attention to double check
connection and instrument settings. Press F4 to check LIMITS.
Fail sign ( ) indicate that that instrument is connected
incorrectly or measurement setup does not correspond with
measured value. In this case it is necessary to readjust
measurement settings, and check instrument connections.
By pressing ENTER key, detailed Connection check will be shown.
Connection check
See section 4.2.4 for details, how to use this menu.
F1
CUR. DIR.
Current inversion par phase
F2
VIEW
Set Consumed or Generated view
F3
AUTOSET I
Set the auto check procedure for defining the optimal range
of current clamps
Predefined limits for the measurement result evaluation
LIMITS
119
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
Set factory default parameters. These are:
Nominal voltage: 230V (L-N);
Voltage ratio: 1:1;
Δ  : 1
Phase current clamps: Smart Clamps;
Neutral current clamps: Smart Clamps;
Connection: 4W;
Synchronization: U1
System frequency: 50 Hz.
Dip voltage: 90% UNom
Interrupt voltage: 5% UNom
Swell voltage: 110% UNom
Signalling frequency1: 316 Hz
Signalling frequency2:1060 Hz
Signalling record duration: 10 sec
Signalling threshold: 5% of nominal voltage
RVC threshold: 3% of nominal voltage
RVC hysteresis: 25%
Measuring method: Modern (IEEE 1459)
Clear Alarm setup table
Record organisation: Folder
Record starting time: Rounded
Transient select: GND
Waveform recorder setup: Event
Save selected measurement setup (saved on the SD card)/Recall
saved measurement setup from the SD card
Default parameters
Save/Recall
Table 97: Keys in Connection setup menu
Selects Connection setup parameter to be modified.
Changes selected parameter value.
ENTER
Enters into submenu.
Confirms Factory reset.
Depends from Connection check status.
For:
•
OK sign ( ,
) Returns to the “MEASUREMENT SETUP” submenu.
120
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
•
Measurement Setup submenu
Fail sign ( ) enter into “CONNECTION CHECK” submenu. It is expected
that user will resolve this issue before continuing with measurements.
Press
again in order to leave “CONNECTION CHECK” menu.
3.23.2 Event setup
In this menu user can setup voltage events and their parameters. See 5.1.12 for further details regarding
measurement methods. Captured events can be observed through EVENTS TABLE screen. See 3.17 and
5.1.12 for details.
Figure 88: Event setup screen
Table 98: Description of Event setup
Nominal voltage
Swell Threshold
Swell Hysteresis
Dip Threshold
Dip Hysteresis
Interrupt Threshold
Interrupt Hysteresis
Indication of type (L-N or L-L) and value of nominal voltage.
Set swell threshold value in % of nominal voltage.
Set swell hysteresis value in % of nominal voltage.
Set dip threshold value in % of nominal voltage.
Set dip hysteresis value in in % of nominal voltage.
Set interrupt threshold value in % of nominal voltage.
Set interrupt hysteresis in % of nominal voltage.
Table 99: Keys in Event setup screen
F2
HELP
Shows help screens for Dip, Swell and Interrupt. See 5.1.13 for
details.
121
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
Keys in CHANNELS SETUP menu screen:
F1
PREV
Previous help screen
F2
NEXT
Next help screen
Move between help screens.
ENTER
Move back to EVENT SETUP screen
GEN. R. WF
Duration and pretrigger setup, valid for Event and Alarms waveforms
captured under General Recorder
Selects Voltage events setup. parameter to be modified
Changes selected parameter value.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENT SETUP” submenu.
3.23.3 Alarm setup
Up to 7 different alarms, based on any measurement quantity which is measured by instrument, can be
defined. See 5.1.14 for further details regarding measurement methods. Captured events can be
observed through ALARMS TABLE screens. See 3.18 and 5.1.14 for details.
Figure 89: Alarm setup screens
Table 100: Description of Alarm setup
122
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
1st column Quantity
(P+, Uh5, I,
on figure above)
Select alarm from measurement group and then measurement itself.
2nd column Phase
(TOT, L1,
on figure above)
Select phases for alarms capturing
• L1 – alarms on phase L1;
• L2 – alarms on phase L2;
• L3 – alarms on phase L3;
• LN – alarms on phase N;
• L12 – alarms on line L12;
• L23 – alarms on line L23;
• L31 – alarm on line L31;
• ALL – alarms on any phase;
• TOT – alarms on power totals or non-phase measurements
(frequency, unbalance).
Select triggering method:
< trigger when measured quantity is lower than threshold (FALL);
> trigger when measured quantity is higher than threshold (RISE);
Threshold value.
3rd column Condition
(“>” on figure above)
4th column Level
5th column Duration
Minimal alarm duration. Triggers only if threshold is crossed for a
defined period of time.
Note: It is recommended that for flicker measurement, recorder is set to
10 min.
Table 101: Keys in Alarm setup screens
F1
ADD
Adds new alarm.
Clears selected or all alarms:
F2
REMOVE
F3
EDIT
GEN. R. WF
Edits selected alarm.
Duration and pretrigger setup, valid for Event and Alarms waveforms
captured under General Recorder
123
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
Enters or exits a submenu to set an alarm.
ENTER
Cursor keys. Selects parameter or changes value.
Cursor keys. Selects parameter or changes value.
Confirms setting of an alarm.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENT SETUP” submenu.
3.23.4 Signalling setup
Mains signalling voltage, called “ripple control signal” in certain applications, is a burst of signals, often
applied at a non-harmonic frequency, that remotely control industrial equipment, revenue meters, and
other devices.
Two different signalling frequencies can be defined. Signals can be used as a source for the user defined
alarm and can also be included in recording. See section 3.23.3 for details how to set-up alarms. See
section 3.14 for instructions how to start recording.
Figure 90: Signalling setup screen
Table 102: Description of Signalling setup
Nominal voltage
SIGN. 1 FREQUENCY
SIGN. 2 FREQUENCY
DURATION
THRESHOLD
Indication of type (L-N or L-L) and value of nominal voltage.
1st observed signalling frequency.
2nd observed signalling frequency.
Duration of RMS record, which will be captured after treshold
value is reached.
Threshold value expressed in % of nominal voltage, which will
trigger recording of signalling event.
Table 103: Keys in Signalling setup screen
ENTER
Enters or exits a submenu to set signalling frequency.
Toggles between given parameters.
124
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
Changes selected parameter.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENT SETUP” submenu.
3.23.5 Rapid voltage changes (RVC) setup
RVC is a quick transition in RMS voltage occurring between two steady-state conditions, and during
which the RMS voltage does not exceed the dip/swell thresholds.
A voltage is in a steady-state condition if all the immediately preceding 100/120 URms(½) values remain
within a set RVC threshold from the arithmetic mean of those 100/120 URms(½) (100 values for 50 Hz
nominal and 120 values for 60 Hz). The RVC threshold is set by the user according to the application, as a
percentage of UNom, within 1 ÷ 6 %. See section 5.1.15 for details regarding RVC measurement. See
section 3.14 for instructions how to start recording.
Figure 91: RVC setup screen
Table 104: Description of RVC setup
Nominal voltage
RVC THRESHOLD
RVC HYSTERESIS
Indication of type (L-N or L-L) and value of nominal voltage.
RVC threshold value expressed in % of nominal voltage for steady
state voltage detection.
RVC hysteresis value expressed in % of RVC threshold.
Table 105: Keys in RVC setup screen
Toggles between given parameters.
Changes selected parameter.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENT SETUP” submenu.
3.23.6 Measuring Methods setup
In this menu different measurement methods, file structure on the SD card, type of recording start time
and transient selection can be selected, according to the local standards and practice. See section 5.1.5
for Modern Power measurement and 5.1.6 for Classic Vector and Arithmetic Power measurement
details. Please note that instrument record all measurement (Classic and Modern), regardless of
selected method.
125
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
Figure 92: Measuring Methods setup screen – MI 2893
Figure 93: Measuring Methods setup screen – MI 2892/MI 2885
Table 106: Description of Measuring Methods setup
Power
Measurements
Record Start
Time
Modern (IEEE 1459) measuring method. See section 5.1.5 for details.
Classic (Vector) measuring method. See section 5.1.6 for details.
Classic (Arithmetic) measuring method. See section 5.1.6 for details.
Selection Recorder Start Time:
•
Transient
selection
N/GND
Rounded – recorder start is postponed and synchronized with the clock
(integer periods in one-hour period)
• Immediately – recorder starts on the next minute
Transient selection measurement between Phase - Neutral or Phase – Ground (MI
2893 only)
Table 107: Keys in Measuring Methods setup screen
Toggles between given parameters.
126
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement Setup submenu
Changes selected parameter.
Returns to the “MEASUREMENT SETUP” submenu.
3.23.7 Transient setup
Note:
MI 2893 – Transient Recorder runs simultaneously with General Recorder
MI 2892/MI 2885 – Transient Recorder runs as independent recorder (could not run simultaneously
with General Recorder).
In this menu parameters for transient trigger could be selected. It is possible to select trigger for:
- Phase voltage,
- Phase current,
- Neutral voltage,
- Neutral current.
Two different types of trigger could be defined:
- Selection to the voltage/current level,
- Envelope.
Figure 94: Transient setup screen – MI 2893
Figure 95: Transient setup screen – MI 2892/MI 2885
Note:
MI 2893 – all triggers could be activated at the same time
MI 2892/MI 2885 - only one trigger is available: Envelope: U or Un or I or In; Level: U or Un or I or In
127
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Setup submenu
Table 108: Description of Transient setup
HELP
Show triggering help screens. See 5.1.20 for details.
TRIG OFF
CHECK C.
CONFIG
Deleting the trigger selection.
Connection check menu. See 3.23.1 for details.
Check Configuration setup. See 3.23.1 for details. (for MI 2892/2885
only)
3.24
General Setup submenu
From the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu communication parameters, real clock time, language,
lock/unlock and colour model can be reviewed, configured and saved.
Figure 96: GENERAL SETUP submenu
Table 109: Description of General setup options
Communication
Time & Date
Language
Instrument info
Lock/Unlock
Colour Model
Backlight
Setup communication source.
Set time, date and time zone.
Select language.
Information about the instrument.
Lock instrument to prevent unauthorized access.
Select colours for displaying phase measurements.
Enable/Disable screen backlight.
Table 110: Keys in General setup submenu
Selects option from the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu.
128
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
ENTER
General Setup submenu
Enters the selected option.
Returns to the “MAIN MENU” screen.
3.24.1 Communication
In this menu user can select instrument communication interface. There are four possibilities:
• USB communication. Instrument is connected to PC by USB communication cable
• INTERNET communication. Instrument is connected to the internet, through local area network
(Ethernet LAN). PowerView access to the instrument is made over internet and Metrel GPRS
Relay server. See section 4.3 for details.
• INTERNET (3G, GPRS). Instrument is connected to the internet over 3G or GPRS. This option
minimises internet 3G traffic with Metrel GPRS Relay server and PowerView, in order to reduce
link cost. Instrument in idle state (while not connected to the PowerView) consume about
5MB/per day. See section 4.3 for details.
• INTERNET (LAN). Instrument is connected to the internet, through local area network (Ethernet
LAN). IP address, Net mask, Primary DNS, Secondary DNS and Gateway are defined manually
(DHCP disabled) or automatically (DHCP enabled). Port number should be defined manually.
PowerView access to the instrument is made over internet. See section 4.3 for details.
Figure 97: Communication setup screen
Table 111: Description of Communication setup options
PC connection
Com Port (PS/2)
Modem used in A 1565
DHCP
Select USB or INTERNET, INTERNET (3G / GPRS), INTRANET (LAN)
communication port.
Select GPS or MI 3108 / MI 3109 communication. GPS is used for A
1355 GPS receiver, and MI 3108 / MI 3109 for photovoltaics inverter
measurements (See MI 3108/ MI 3109 User manual).
Select this option if A 1753 WiFi / 4G modem is used within A 1565
Waterproof case for outdoor application and recordings
Select Enabled in order to enable automatic network parameters
assignment. Select Disabled in order to enter them manually.
129
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Secret key
MAC address
Instrument host name
Instrument IP address
General Setup submenu
Valid only if INTERNET communication is selected. Secret number
will assure additional protection of communication link. Same
number should be entered in PowerView v3.0, before connection
establishment.
Instrument Ethernet MAC address.
Instrument host name.
Instrument IP address.
Note: For more information regarding configuration, how to download data, view real time measuring
data on PowerView and establish Remote instrument connection with PowerView over internet and USB
communication interfaces, see section 4.3 and PowerView Instruction manual.
Table 112: Keys in Communication setup
Changes communication source: USB, INTERNET, INTERNET (3G, GPRS)
Moves cursor position during entering Secret key.
Cursor keys. Selects parameter.
Changes Secret key number.
Enters Secret key edit window.
ENTER
Returns to the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu.
3.24.2 Time & Date
Time, date and time zone can be set in this menu.
130
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Setup submenu
Figure 98: Set date/time screen
Table 113: Description of Set date/time screen
Clock source
Time zone
Show clock source:
RTC – internal real time clock
GPS – external GPS receiver
Note: GPS clock source is automatically set if GPS is enabled and
detected.
Selects time zone.
Note: MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 has the ability to synchronize its
system time clock with Coordinated Universal Time (UTC time)
provided by externally connected GPS module.
In that case only time zone (in 15 min intervals) can be adjusted. In
order to use this functionality, see 4.2.6.
Show/edit current time and date (valid only if RTC is used as time
source)
Current Time & Date
Table 114: Keys in Set date/time screen
Selects parameter to be changed.
Modifies parameter.
Selects between the following parameters: hour, minute, second, day, month
or year.
ENTER
Enters Date/time edit window.
Returns to the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu.
131
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Setup submenu
3.24.3 Language
Different languages can be selected in this menu.
Figure 99: Language setup screen
Table 115: Keys in Language setup screen
Selects language.
ENTER
Confirms the selected language.
Returns to the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu.
3.24.4 Instrument info
Basic information concerning the instrument (company, user data, serial number, firmware and
hardware version, transient module firmware, hardware versiona and instrument calibration date) can
be viewed in this menu.
Figure 100: Instrument info screen – MI 2893
132
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Setup submenu
Figure 101: Instrument info screen – MI 2892/MI 2885
Table 116: Description of Instrument info screen
Instrument name
Company
Serial number
FW version
HW version
SD card size
Trans. module FW
Trans. module HW
Calibration date
User specified instrument name (up to 6 characters)
Company name
Instrument serial number
Instrument FW version
Instrument HW version
Total memory on the SD card
Transient module FW version
Transient module HW version
Instrument calibration date
GPS coordinates logged in the instrument location
Note: presented only in case, when GPS is connected to instrument
GPS coordinates
Table 117: Keys in Instrument info screen
Returns to the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu.
3.24.5 Lock/Unlock
MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 have the ability to prevent unauthorized access to all important instrument
functionality by simply locking the instrument. If instrument is left for a longer period at an
unsupervised measurement spot, it is recommended to prevent unintentional stopping of record,
instrument or measurement setup modifications, etc. Although instrument lock prevents unauthorized
changing of instrument working mode, it does not prevent non-destructive operations as displaying
current measurement values or trends.
User locks the instrument by entering secret lock code in the Lock/Unlock screen.
133
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Setup submenu
Figure 102: Lock/Unlock screen
Table 118: Description of Lock/Unlock screen
Pin
Lock
Four-digit numeric code used for Locking/Unlocking the instrument.
Press ENTER key for changing the Pin code. “Enter PIN” window will
appear on screen.
Note: Pin code is hidden (****), if the instrument is locked.
The following options for locking the instrument are available:
• Disabled
• Enabled
Table 119: Keys in Lock/Unlock screen
Selects parameter to be modified.
Change value of the selected digit in Enter pin window.
ENTER
Selects digit in Enter pin window.
Locks the instrument.
Opens Enter pin window for unlocking.
Opens Enter pin window for pin modification.
Accepts new pin.
Unlocks the instrument (if pin code is correct).
Returns to the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu.
Table 120: Locked instrument functionality
MEASUREMENTS
RECORDERS
MEASUREMENT SETUP
GENERAL SETUP
Allowed access.
Waveform snapshot functionality is blocked.
No access.
No access.
No access except to Lock/Unlock menu.
134
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Setup submenu
Figure 103: Locked instrument screen
Note: In case user forget unlock code, general unlock code “7350” can be used to unlock the instrument.
3.24.6 Colour model
In COLOUR MODEL menu, user can change colour representation of phase voltages and currents,
according to the customer needs. There are some predefined colour schemes (EU, USA, etc.) and a
custom mode where user can set up its own colour model.
Figure 104: Colour representation of phase voltages
Table 121: Keys in Colour model screens
Opens edit colour screen (only available in custom model).
F1
EDIT
135
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Setup submenu
Keys in Edit colour screen:
L1 L2 L3 N
L1 L2 L3 N
F1
L1 L2 L3 N
L1 L2 L3 N
Shows selected colour for phase L1.
Shows selected colour for phase L2.
Shows selected colour for phase L3.
Shows selected colour for neutral channel N.
Selects colour.
ENTER
Returns to the “COLOUR MODEL” screen.
Selects Colour scheme.
ENTER
Confirms selection of Colour scheme and returns to the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu.
Returns to the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu without modifications.
3.24.7 Backlight
In BACKLIGHT menu, user can define if LCD will be switched OFF automatically after predefined time.
LCD is switched OFF in two steps:
- LCD dimmer timer
- LCD OFF timer (followed by LCD dimmer timer)
Figure 105: Backlight screen
Table 122: Description Backlight screen
Backlight auto
Backlight dimm
Backlight off
ON – Enabling LCD dimmer and off function
OFF – Disabling LCD dimmer and off function
Timer after which the LCD is dimmed (OFF, 1 .... 120 min)
Timer after which the LCD is turned OFF (after activation of Backlight
dim) (OFF, 1 .... 120 min)
136
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
General Setup submenu
Table 123: Keys in Backlight screen
Selects parameter.
Selects parameter.
ENTER
Entering into selected parameter / confirms parameter.
Returns to the “GENERAL SETUP” submenu.
137
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Recording Practice and Instrument Connection
4 Recording Practice and Instrument Connection
In following section recommended measurement and recording practice is described.
4.1 Measurement campaign
Power quality measurements are specific type of measurements, which can last many days, and mostly
they are performed only once. Usually recording campaign is performed to:
• Statistically analyse some points in the network.
• Troubleshoot malfunctioning device or machine.
Since measurements are mostly performed only once, it is very important to properly set measuring
equipment. Measuring with wrong settings can lead to false or useless measurement results. Therefore,
instrument and user should be fully prepared before measurement begins.
In this section recommended recorder procedure is shown. We recommend to strictly follow guidelines
in order to avoid common problems and measurement mistakes. Figure below shortly summarizes
recommended measurement practice. Each step is then described in details.
Note: PC software PowerView v3.0 has the ability to correct (after measurement is done):
• wrong real-time settings,
• wrong current and voltage scaling factors,
• voltage unbalance.
False instrument connection (messed wiring, opposite clamp direction), can’t be fixed afterwards.
138
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement campaign
139
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement campaign
140
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement campaign
Figure 106: Recommended measurement practice
Step 1: Instrument setup
On site measurements can be very stressful, and therefore it is good practice to prepare measurement
equipment in an office. Preparation of MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 include following steps:
• Visually check instrument and accessories.
Warning: Don’t use visually damaged equipment!
•
Always use batteries that are in good condition and fully charge them before you leave an office.
Note: In problematic PQ environment where dips and interrupts frequently occur instrument
power supply fully depends on batteries! Keep your batteries in good condition.
•
Download all previous records from instrument and clear the memory. (See section 3.19 for
instruction regarding memory clearing).
•
Set instrument time and date. (See section 3.24.2 for instruction regarding time and date
settings).
Step 2: PQI connection
Take care for the proper connection of voltage leads and current clamps (current direction). Voltage and
current sequence should be correct to fulfil the requirements from the power quality standard positive
sequence, load or generation measurement). In case, that GPS receiver is used for accurate time
synchronisation, connect in in the proper place to enable good signal receiving.
Step 3: Measurement setup
Measurement setup adjustment is performed on measured site, after we find out details regarding
nominal voltage, currents, type of wiring etc.
Step 3.1: Connection type, synchronisation
• Connect current clamps and voltage tips according to the “Device under measurement” (See
section 4.2 for details).
•
Select proper type of connection in “Connection setup” menu (See section 3.23.1 for
details).
•
Select synchronization channel. Synchronization to voltage is recommended, unless
measurement is performed on highly distorted loads, such as PWM drives. In that case
current synchronization can be more appropriate. (See section 3.23.1 for details).
•
Select System frequency. System frequency is default mains system frequency. Setting this
parameter is recommended if to measure signalling or flickers.
141
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement campaign
Step 3.2: Nominal voltage and ratio
• Select instrument nominal voltage according to the network nominal voltage.
Note: For 4W and 1W measurement all voltages are specified as phase-to-neutral (L-N). For
3W and Open Delta measurements all voltages are specifies as phase-to-phase (L-L).
Note: Instrument assures proper measurement up to 150 % of chosen nominal voltage.
•
In case of indirect voltage measurement, select appropriate “Voltage ratio” parameters,
according to transformer ratio. (See section 3.23.1 and 4.2.2 for details).
Step 3.3: Current clamps setup
• Using “Select Clamps” menu, select proper Phase and Neutral channel current clamps (see
sections 3.23.1 for details).
•
Select proper clamps parameters (measuring range: automatic or fixed one) according to
the type of connection (see section 4.2.3 for details).
Step 3.4: Inspection
After setup instrument and measurement is finished, user need to re-check if everything is
connected and configured properly. Following steps are recommended:
•
Using PHASE DIAGRAM menu check if voltage and current phase sequence is right regarding
to the system. Additionally, check if current has right direction.
•
Using U, I, f menu check if voltage and current have proper values.
• Check voltage and current THD.
Note: Excessive THD can indicate that too small range was chosen!
Note: In case of AD converter overvoltage or overloading current, icon
•
will be displayed.
Using POWER menu check signs and indices of active, nonactive, apparrent power and
power factor.
If any of these steps give you suspicious measurement results, return to Step 2 and double check
measurement setup parameters.
Step 3.5: Event setup
Select threshold values for: swell, dip and interrupts (see sections 3.23.2 and 3.17 for details).
Note: You can also trigger WAVEFORM RECORDER on events. Instrument will then capture
waveform and inrush for each event.
Step 3.6: Alarm setup
Use this step if you would like only to check if some quantities cross some predefined
boundaries (see sections 3.18 and 3.23.3 for details).
Note: You can also trigger WAVEFORM RECORDER on alarms. Instrument will then capture
waveform and inrush for each alarm.
Step 3.7: Signalling setup
Use this step only if you are interested in measuring mains signalling voltage. See section 3.23.4
for details.
Step 3.8: RVC setup
Use this step if you are interested in detection of rapid voltage changes (RVC). See section 3.23.4
for details.
142
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement campaign
Step 3.9: Measuring methods
Select parameters related to the data structure organisation on the SD card, type of recorder
starts time and transient selection. See section 3.23.4 for details.
Step 3.10: Transient setup (MI 2893 only; on MI 2892/MI 2885 Transient Recorder run as
independent one – not simultaneously with the General Recorder)
Select parameters for defining triggers for capturing the transients, separate for voltage and
currents. See section 3.23.4 for details.
Step 3.11: Inrush setup
Select parameters for defining trigger for capturing the inrush current. See section 3.23.4 for
details.
Step 3.12: Waveform recorder setup
Select parameters for defining trigger for waveform recorder. See section 3.23.4 for details.
Step 4: Recorder setup and recording
Using GENERAL RECORDER menu select type of recording and configure recording parameters such as:
•
Time Interval for data aggregation (Integration Period)
•
Include events, alarms, … capture if necessary. Waveforms will be automatically captured for
selected options.
•
Recording start time (optional)
•
After setting recorder, recording can be started (see section 3.14 for recorder details).
Note: Available memory status in Recorder setup should be checked before starting recording. Max.
recording duration and max. number of records are automatically calculated according to recorder
setup and memory size.
Note: Recording usually takes several days. Assure that instrument during recording session is not
reachable to the unauthorized persons. If necessary, use LOCK functionality described in section 3.24.5.
Note: If during record session instrument batteries are drained, due to long interruption for example,
instrument will shut down. After electricity comes back, instrument will automatically start new
recording session.
Step 5: Recording in progress
Press START button to start recording with all simultaneous registration of included network events.
Step 6: Measurement conclusion
Before leaving measurement site we need to:
•
Preliminary evaluate recorded data using TREND screens.
•
Stop recorder.
•
Assure that we record and measure everything we needed.
Step 7: Data analyse and report generation (PowerView v3.0)
Download records using PC software PowerView v3.0 perform analysis and create reports. See
PowerView v3.0 manual for details.
143
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
4.2 Connection setup
4.2.1 Connection to the LV Power Systems
This instrument can be connected to different type of networks. Proper connection should be selected
to obtain the reliable results.
The actual connection scheme has to be defined in CONNECTION SETUP menu (see Figure below).
Figure 107: Connection setup menu
When connecting the instrument, it is essential that both current and voltage connections are correct. In
particular the following rules have to be observed:
Clamp-on current clamp-on transformers
• The arrow marked on the clamp-on current transformer should point in the direction of current
flow, from supply to load.
• If the clamp-on current transformer is connected in reverse the measured power in that phase
would normally appear negative.
Phase relationships
• The clamp-on current transformer connected to current input connector I1 has to measure the
current in the phase line to which the voltage probe from L1 is connected.
3-phase 4-wire system (4W)
In order to select this connection scheme, choose following connection on the instrument:
Figure 108: Choosing 3-phase 4-wire system on instrument
Instrument should be connected to the network according to figure below:
144
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
N
Figure 109: 3-phase 4-wire system
3-phase 3-wire system (3W)
In order to select this connection scheme, choose following connection on the instrument:
Figure 110: Choosing 3-phase 3-wire system on instrument
Instrument should be connected to the network according to figure below.
N
Figure 111: 3-phase 3-wire system
145
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
Open Delta (Aaron) 3-wire system (OpenD)
In order to select this connection scheme, choose following connection on the instrument:
Figure 112: Choosing Open Delta (Aaron) 3-wire system on instrument
Instrument should be connected to the network according to figure below.
N
Figure 113: Open Delta (Aaron) 3-wire system
1-phase 3-wire system (1W)
In order to select this connection scheme, choose following connection on the instrument:
Figure 114: Choosing 1-phase 3-wire system on instrument
146
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
Instrument should be connected to the network according to figure below.
N
Figure 115: 1-phase 3-wire system
Note: In case of events capturing, it is recommended to connect unused voltage terminals to N voltage
terminal.
2-phase 4-wire system (2W)
In order to select this connection scheme, choose following connection on the instrument:
Figure 116: Choosing 2-phase 4-wire system on instrument
Instrument should be connected to the network according to figure below.
147
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
N
Figure 117: 2-phase 4-wire system
Note: In case of events capturing, it is recommended to connect unused voltage terminal to N voltage
terminal.
Single - phase Inverter (INV1W)
In order to select this connection scheme, choose following connection on the instrument:
Figure 118: Choosing single- phase Inverter system on instrument
Instrument should be connected to the network according to figure below.
Figure 119: Single – phase inverter system
148
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
Note: In case of events capturing, it is recommended to connect unused voltage terminal to N voltage
terminal.
Three - phase photovoltaic Inverter (INV3W)
In order to select this connection scheme, choose following connection on the instrument:
Figure 120: Choosing three- phase Inverter system on instrument
Instrument should be connected to the network according to figure below.
Figure 121: Three – phase inverter system
4.2.2 Connection to the MV or HV Power System
In systems where voltage is measured at the secondary side of a voltage transformer (for
example: 11 kV / 110 V), the voltage transformer ratio should be entered. Afterward nominal voltage can
be set to ensure correct measurement. In the next figure settings for this particular example is shown.
See 3.23.1 for details.
149
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
Figure 122: Voltage ratio for 11 kV / 110 transformer example
Instrument should be connected to the network according to figure below.
power plant
measuring instruments
N
A
A
A
high
voltage
L3
L2
L1
Transformer
Type:
xA / 5A
xA / 5A
xA / 5A
Measurement Settings → Connection setup → Nominal Voltage → :
Δ :1
Y
Figure 123: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system (Aaron
/ OpenDelta)
150
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
power plant
measuring instruments
N
A
A
A
high
voltage
Transformer
Type:
xA / 5A
L3
xA / 5A
L2
xA / 5A
L1
Y
Measurement Settings → Connection setup → Nominal Voltage →
Δ :1
Figure 124: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system (Delta
– Delta)
power plant
measuring instruments
N
A
A
A
high
voltage
L2
L1
xA / 5A
xA / 5A
xA / 5A
Measurement Settings → Connection setup → Nominal Voltage →
Y
L3
Δ : 1/ 3
Figure 125: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system (Delta
– Star)
151
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
power plant
measuring instruments
N
A
A
A
high
voltage
L3
xA / 5A
xA / 5A
L2
xA / 5A
L1
Y
Measurement Settings → Connection setup → Nominal Voltage →
Δ :1
Figure 126: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system (Star –
Star)
power plant
measuring instruments
N
A
A
A
high
voltage
L2
L1
xA / 5A
xA / 5A
xA / 5A
Measurement Settings → Connection setup → Nominal Voltage →
Y
L3
Δ: 3
Figure 127: Connecting instrument to the existing current transformers in medium voltage system (star –
delta)
152
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
4.2.3 Current clamp selection and transformation ratio setting
Clamp selection can be explained by two typical use cases: direct current measurement and indirect
current measurement. In next section recommended practice for both cases is shown.
Auto range current clamp operation
Most of Metrel current clamps are developed as Smart clamps. They are automatically recognised by the
instrument. Most of clamps support more different current ranges, for example 30/300/3000 A (Current
clamps A 1501/A 1502/A 1227/A 1445/A 1582). Power Quality Instrument could operate in so called
“Auto” range, where instrument automatically select the most optimal current clamp range. In this case,
the most accurate current measurements are guaranteed.
Note 1: In case of “auto range” selection, Inrush measurements are not reliable.
Note 2: In case of “auto range” selection, synchronisation could not be selected to current.
Note 3: Current clamps with external current range (range selection on the clamps itself) selection does
not support “auto range”.
Note 4: Current clamp needs specific time during current range changing to stabilize the readings
(stabilization time is bigger for flex than for iron clamps). During stabilization time, current values are
not presented (for the registration periods, shorter than 1 minute).
Note 5: During the ranging of current clamps (I1/I2/I3 or In) energy and demand is not measured; so the
total amount of energy/demand for these interval does not correspond the real consumed/generated
energy/demand. There may be a difference for these intervals between energy measurements and
energy calculated from demand measurements due to different algorithms for phase/total
energy/demand calculation depends on ranging of I1/I2/I3 or In current channel.
Figure 128: Smart current clamps auto range selection
Direct current measurement with clamp-on current transformer
In this type of measurement load/generator current is measured directly with one of clap-on current
transformer. Current to voltage conversion is performed directly by the clamps.
Direct current measurement can be performed by any clamp-on current transformer. We particularly
recommend Smart clamps: flex clamps A 1502, A1227 and iron clamps A1281, A 1588 for example. Also,
other Metrel clamp models A1783 (200 A), A1069 (100 A), etc. can be used. For more details about the
current clamps, please check the Metrel‘s General catalogue.
In the case of large loads there can be few parallel feeders which can’t be embraced by single clamps. In
this case we can measure current only through one feeder as shown on figure below.
153
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
Figure 129: Parallel feeding of large load
Example: 2700 A current load is fed by 3 equal parallel cables. In order to measure current, we
can embrace only one cable with clamps, and select: Current transformer, Primary current: 3 A,
Secondary current: 1 A in clamp menu.
Note: During setup current range can be observed by “Measuring range: 100% (3000 A/V)” row.
Indirect current measurement
Indirect current measurement with primary current transducer is assumed if user selects 5 A current
clamps: A 1588 or A 1037. Load current is in that case measured indirectly through additional primary
current transformer.
In example below we have 100 A of primary current flowing through primary transformer with ratio
600 A : 5 A. Settings are shown in following figure.
154
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
Figure 130: Current clamps selection for indirect current measurement
Over-dimensioned current transformer
Installed current transformers on the field are usually over-dimensioned for “possibility to add new
loads in future”. In that case current in primary transformer can be less than 10% of rated transformer
current. For such cases it is recommended to select 10% current range as shown on figure below.
Figure 131: Selecting 10% of current clamps range
Note that if we want to perform direct current measure with 5 A clamps (secondary current
measurement), primary transformer ratio should be set to 5 A : 5 A.
•
•
WARNINGS!
The secondary winding of a current transformer must not be open when it is on a live circuit.
An open secondary circuit can result in dangerously high voltage across the terminals.
155
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
Automatic current clamps recognition
Metrel developed Smart current clamps product family in order to simplify current clamps selection and
settings. Smart clamps are multi-range switchless current clamps automatically recognized by
instrument. In order to activate smart clamp recognition, the following procedure should be followed
for the first time:
1. Turn on the instrument
2. Connect clamps (for example A 1227) to MI2893/MI 2892/MI 2885
3. Enter: Measurement Setup ➔ Connection setup ➔ Phase/Neutral Curr. Clamps menu
4. Select: Smart clamps/T
5. Clamps type will be automatically recognized by the instrument.
6. User should then select clamp range (Auto range or fixed one) and confirm settings.
Figure 132: Automatically recognised clamps setup
Instrument will remember clamps setting for the next time. Therefore, user only need to:
1. Plug clamps to the instrument current input terminals
2. Turn on the instrument
Instrument will recognize clamps automatically and set ranges as was settled on measurement before. If
clamps were disconnected following pop up will appear on the screen (See Figure below). Use cursor
keys to select Smart clamp current range.
Figure 133: Automatically recognised clamps status
Table 124: Keys in Smart clamps pop up window
Changes Clamps current range.
Selects Phase or Neutral current clamps.
156
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
ENTER
Connection setup
Confirms selected range and returns to previous menu.
Clamps Status menu indicates that there is an inconsistence between current clamps defined in Clamps
Setup menu and clamps present at the moment.
Note: Do not disconnect smart clamps during recording.
4.2.4 Connection check
Connection check menu in CONNECTION SETUP check if instrument measurement complies with
instrument setup and connection.
Connection check mark can be marked with OK ( ) or Fail ( ) sign and indicate overall connection
status:
•
•
•
Connection check is marked with green OK sign ( ) if instrument is connected properly and
measured values comply with given measurement setup.
Connection check is marked with yellow OK sign ( ), indicate that some measurements are not
as expected. This does not mean that something is necessary wrong, but require user attention
to double check connection and instrument settings. In this case, measurements are outside the
optimal range.
Fail sign ( ) indicate that that instrument is connected incorrectly or measurement setup does
not correspond with measured value. In this case it is necessary to readjust measurement
settings, and check instrument connections.
By pressing ENTER key, detailed Connection check will be shown
Table 125: Connection check description and screen symbols
157
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement
Status
Connection setup
Description
U
Measured voltage is within 90% ÷ 110%
range. All voltage measurements (RMS,
harmonics, voltage events) are valid.
U
Measured voltage is not within 90% ÷
110% range of Nominal voltage. All
voltage measurements (RMS, harmonics,
voltage events) can be compromised.
I
Measured current is within 10% ÷ 110%
of selected clamp measuring range. All
current measurements (RMS, harmonics,
voltage events) are valid.
Action to resolve issue
Set correct Nominal voltage value
and check voltage leads.
Measured current is within 5% ÷ 10% or
110% ÷ 150% of selected clamp
measuring range.
If higher current is expected
during recorder campaign, this
waning can be ignored.
Otherwise, it is recommended to
decrease current range.
Go to Current clamp settings and
Measured current is less than 5% or
change Clamp Measuring Range
higher than 150% of clamp measuring
range. Accuracy of current measurements or press AUTOSET I button and
(RMS, harmonics…) can be compromised. let instrument to choose optimal
current range.
Phase angle between voltage and current
is less than 900. This indicate that
measured current flow in the same
direction as voltage. Power
measurements are valid.
I
I
Phase
Phase angle between voltage and current
is more than 900. This indicate that
measured current has opposite flow than
voltage. Power measurements are
compromised.
Phase
Check clamp direction (
icon
is present in status bar) and see if
current channel corresponds to
the voltage channel (if current I1
is measured on voltage U1)
Useq
123
Voltage sequence is correct. Unbalance
and power measurement are valid.
Useq
321
Voltage sequence is reverse. Unbalance
and power measurement are
compromised.
Switch voltage leads U2 and U3 inbetween to obtain right
sequence.
-
Phase angle between voltages is not 1200
± 300. Unbalance and power
measurement are compromised.
Check voltage leads, and check if
selected Connection correspond
to the actual network.
123
Current sequence is correct, phase angle
between currents is less than 1200 ± 600.
Unbalance and power measurement are
valid.
Useq
Iseq
Iseq
123
Current sequence is correct, but phase
This is valid situation if there are
0
angle between currents is more than 120 large inductive/capacitive load in
± 600.
the network. However, this can
be also caused by improper
158
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
instrument connection. Check
clamp direction (
icon is
present in status bar) and see if
current channel corresponds to
the voltage channel (if current I1
is measured on voltage U1).
Iseq
Iseq
321
-
Current sequence is reverse. Unbalance
and power measurement are
compromised.
Switch current clamps I2 and I3 inbetween.
Current phase angle between currents is
not 1200 ± 600. Unbalance and power
measurement are compromised.
Check voltage leads, and check if
selected Connection correspond
to the actual network.
Table 126: Keys in Connection check screen
Invert the current per phase in case of wrong current clamp
installation
F1
F2
F3
CUR.DIR.
VIEW
AUTOSET I
Example: Current direction in phase L1 is inverted by the Analyser
firmware, so physical current clamp inversion is not needed.
Selects which measurement setup should be considered:
Consumed or Generated.
MI 2893 performs the most optimal clamp current range (Auto range is
performed automatically)
Check limits for measured parameters:
F4
LIMITS
Returns to the one menu back.
159
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Connection setup
4.2.5 Temperature probe connection
Temperature measurement is performed using smart temperature probe connected to the any current
input channel. In order to activate temperature probe recognition, following procedure should be
followed for the first time:
1. Turn on the instrument
2. Connect temperature probe to MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 neutral current input
terminal
3. Enter: Measurement setup ➔ Connection setup ➔ Phase/Neutral curr. clamps
4. Select: Smart clamps/T
5. Temperature probe should be now automatically recognized by the instrument
Instrument will remember settings for the next time. Therefore, user only needs to plug temperature
probe to the instrument.
4.2.6 GPS time synchronization device connection
MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 have the ability to synchronize its system time clock with Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC time) provided by externally connected GPS module (optional accessory - A 1355).
In order to be able to use this particular functionality, GPS unit should be attached to the instrument
and placed outside. Once this is done, GPS module will try to establish connection and get satellite time
clock. MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 distinguishes two different states regarding GPS module functionality.
Table 127: GPS functionality
GPS module detected, position not valid or no satellite GPS signal reception.
GPS module detected, satellite GPS signal reception, date and time valid and
synchronized, synchronization pulses active
Once an initial position fix is obtained, instrument will set time and date to GPS + Time zone - user
selected in Set Date/Time menu (see figure below).
Figure 134: Set time zone screen
Table 128: Keys in Set time zone screen
Changes Time zone.
Confirms selected Time zone and returns to “GENERAL SETUP” menu.
160
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
When the time zone is set, MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 will synchronize its system time clock and internal
RTC clock with the received UTC time. GPS module also provides the instrument with extremely
accurate synchronization pulses every second (PPS – Pulse Per Second) for synchronization purposes in
case of lost satellite reception.
Note: GPS synchronization should be done before starting measurements.
For detailed information please check user manual of A 1355 GPS Receiver.
4.3 Remote instrument connection (over Internet /
Internet(3G/GPRS) / Intranet (LAN))
4.3.1 Communication principle
MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 instrument use Ethernet port for connection to PowerView through internet.
As companies frequently use firewalls to limit internet traffic options, whole communication is routed
through dedicated “Metrel Route Server”. In this way instrument and PowerView can avoid firewalls and
router restrictions. Communication is established in four steps:
1. User selects INTERNET or INTERNET (3G/GPRS) or INTRANET (LAN) connection under
COMMUNICATION menu, and checks if connection to Metrel server can be established (Status
bar icon
should appear within 2 minutes).
Note: Outgoing ports 80, 443, 7781 ÷ 8888 to the gprs.metrel.si server should be opened on
remote firewall where instrument is placed!
2. User enters instrument serial number on PowerView and connects to the instrument over
Metrel server.
Note: In case of using accessory A 1622 3G Wi-Fi modem for internet connection, please check A
1622 instruction manual in order to properly set up modem, before using it.
161
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
Ethe
rn
et
Router
Outgoing ports
7781÷8888 to
gprs.metrel.si should be
open
1
Internet
Metrel Server
gprs.metrel.si
3
2
Outgoing ports 433
(https) and 80 (http) to
server gprs.metrel.si
should be open
Office Router
PowerView
Figure 135: Schematic view on the remote measurements
4.3.2 Instrument setup on remote measurement site
Installation procedure on remote site starts by connecting MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 instrument to the
grid or measurement point. As measurement campaign can last for days or weeks it is necessary to
assure reliable power supply to the instrument. Additionally, fully charged instrument batteries can
provide power to the instrument during interrupts and blackouts for more than 5 hours (from 5 to 7
hours for MI 2892/2885) and more than 3 hours (from 3 – to 5 hours for MI 2893), depends on the
battery capacity and battery state. After instrument installation, connection parameters should be set.
162
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
In order to establish remote connection with instrument through PC software PowerView v3.0,
instrument communication parameters should be configured. Figure below shows COMMUNICATION
menu in GENERAL SETUP.
Figure 136: Internet connection setup screen
Following parameters should be entered in order to establish Internet communication:
Table 129: Internet setup parameters
PC connection
Internet
Secret key
0000
Select internet connection in order to communicate with
PowerView over internet connection.
Enter number code (4-digits). User need to store this
number, as will be later asked by PowerView v3.0, during
connection procedure
After entering parameters user should connect Ethernet cable. Instrument will receive IP address from
DHCP Server. It can take up to 2 minutes in order to get new IP number. Once instrument IP address is
obtained, it will try to connect to Metrel server, over which communication with PowerView is assured.
Once everything is connected,
icon will appear on the Status bar.
Connection status can be also observed on instrument Status bar, as shown on table below.
Table 130: Internet status bar icons
Internet connection is not available. Instrument is trying to obtain IP address and
then connect to Metrel server.
Instrument is connected to the internet and Metrel server, and ready for
communication.
Note: Outgoing ports 80, 443, 7781 ÷ 8888 to the gprs.metrel.si server should be
opened on remote firewall!
Communication in progress. Instrument is connected to the PowerView instance.
163
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
4.3.3 PowerView setup for instrument remote access
In order to access remotely to the instrument, PC software PowerView v3.0 should be configured
properly (See PowerView v3.0 manual for instructions how to install to your PC). PowerView v3.0
communicates over 80 and 443 ports, on similar way as your internet browser.
Note: Outgoing ports 80, 443 to the gprs.metrel.si server should be opened on local firewall!
PowerView settings
Press on Remote
below.
in toolbar in order to open remote connection settings, as shown on figure
Figure 137: PowerView v3.0 remote connection settings form
User needs to fill following data into form:
Table 131: Instrument selection form parameters
Serial Number:
Phone Number:
Required
Not Required
Secret Key:
Required
Description:
Optional
Enter Power Quality Instrument serial number
Leave this field empty
Enter number code which was entered in
instrument Communication settings menu as:
Secret Key.
Enter instrument description
By pressing
button, user can add another instrument configuration.
button is used to
remove selected instrument configuration from the list. Connection procedure will begin, by pressing on
button.
164
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
4.3.4 Remote connection
Establishing connection
After entering PowerView v3.0 remote settings and pressing on Connect button, Remote Connection
window will appear (shown below).
3. Server – Instrument
connection status
2. Server – Powerview
connection status
Port number
1. Powerview
LAN conncetion
4. PowerView – Instrument
connection status
Figure 138: PowerView v3.0 remote connection monitor
This window is used for monitoring and troubleshooting remote instrument connection. Remote
connection can be divided into 4 steps.
Step 1: PowerView v3.0 connection to Local Area Network (LAN)
After entering “Remote Connection” PowerView v3.0 will try to establish internet connection
automatically. In order to establish connection, PowerView v3.0 requires http connection to the
internet. If connection was successful, a green icon and “CONNECTED” status will appear between “Your
Computer” and “Router/Proxy/ISP” icons, as shown on figure below. In case of ERROR, please ask your
network administrator to provide PowerView v3.0 http access to the internet.
Step 2: PowerView v3.0 connection to Metrel Server
After establishing internet connection in Step 1, PowerView v3.0 will contact Metrel Server. If
connection was successful, a green icon and “CONNECTED” status will appear between “Metrel Server”
and “Router/Proxy/ISP” icons, as shown on figure below. In case of ERROR, please ask your network
165
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
administrator for help. Note, that outgoing communication to gprs.metrel.si over 80 and 443 ports
should be enabled.
Figure 139: PowerView connection to LAN and Metrel Server established (Steps 1 & 2)
Note: Step 1 and Step 2 are automatically executed, after entering Remote Connection.
Step 3: Remote Instrument connection to Metrel Server
After the PowerView v3.0 successful connects to the Metrel Server, server will check if your instrument
is waiting for your connection. If that is a case, instrument will establish connection with Metrel server.
The green icon and “CONNECTED” status will appear between “Metrel Server” and “Remote
Instrument” icon, as shown on figure below.
166
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
Figure 140: Remote instrument connection to Metrel Server established (Step 3)
Step 4: Remote Instrument connection to PowerView v3.0
After first three steps were successfully finished, MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 instrument will
automatically connect to the PowerView v3.0 via VPN connection, made through Metrel server and
establish connection.
If Remote Instrument connection to PowerView v3.0 was successful, a green icon and “CONNECTED”
status will appear between “Router/Proxy/ISP” and “Remote Instrument” icon, as shown on figure
below. This window can now be closed as it is not needed any more. and it should be proceeded to
remote instrument access described in following sections.
In case if connection drops status “ERROR” or “WAITING” will appear in PowerView remote connection
window. Connection will be automatically restored and started operation will continue.
167
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
Figure 141: Remote instrument connection to PowerView v3.0 established (Step 4)
While the data is refreshed, the Remote button is displayed in green, to indicate that the connection is
active, as shown below. If it is displayed in orange colour, it means that the communication was broken
and it should be reinitialized by user.
Figure 142: Active connection indication
Remote connection screen can also be accessed through Windows tray bar, by clicking on
is particularly useful to reconnect instrument and PowerView v3.0, after network failure.
168
icon. This
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
Figure 143: Remote connection icon
Downloading data
If remote connection settings are correct and “Remote Instrument” is connected to PowerView v3.0,
download data is possible. Open the download window by pressing F5, or by clicking on the
button in the toolbar, or by selecting Download from Tools menu.
Download window will be displayed, and PowerView v3.0 will immediately try to connect to the
instrument and detect the instrument model and firmware version.
Figure 144: Detection of the instrument type
After a moment, instrument type should be detected, or an error message will be received, with the
appropriate explanation. If connection can’t be established, please check your connection settings.
When the instrument model is detected, PowerView v3.0 will download a list of records from the
instrument. Any of the records from the list can be selected by simply clicking on them. Additional,
“Select/Deselect all” tick box is available to select or deselect all records on displayed page. Selected
records entries will have a green background.
Before downloading, a destination site node for each record can be defined. Each entry in a list contains
a drop-down list of sites in all currently open documents in PowerView v3.0. If no document is opened,
all records will be downloaded to a new site and saved into a new file.
169
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
Figure 145: Selecting records from a list for download
Figure above show example where six records are select. To start download, click on the “Download”
button.
Immediately after download, a new document window will be shown in PowerView v3.0, with the
selected records placed inside a new site node. A backup PowerView v3.0 file is always created at this
point, compressed into a *.zip file and saved inside your MyDocuments/Metrel/PowerView/PQData
folder. This backup copy is made every time a file is created or opened, to make sure that you can
recover all your downloaded data in case of accidental delete or change. However, note that records
that were not selected in the Download window are not downloaded and therefore not saved to disk, so
check that all relevant records are downloaded before deleting them from the instrument.
Real time scope
If remote connection settings are correct and remote instrument is connected to PowerView v3.0, click
the
button to open the Real time scope window. A new document window will be
opened, as shown on the picture below.
170
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
Figure 146: Real time scope window in remote connection, with several channels selected
The figure above shows an online window, with several channels selected. While online view is active,
data are automatically updated. Updating speed will depend on your connection speed, and each new
update is initiated as soon as the previous one has been downloaded, to ensure fastest possible refresh
rate. While Real time scope is active,
button is displayed in green, to indicate that the
connection is active.
Depending on your connection speed, it may take a few seconds until the instrument is detected and
first online scope is downloaded. All tree nodes will be completely expanded when the first record is
shown, to enable easier channel selection. You may also notice that the downloaded record node will
not be located within a site node, like in other records, but rather placed in a special instrument node.
However, this record can be moved to any other node, or saved.
To close the online view, click the
button again, or close the online window.
Remote instrument configuration
Instrument configuration tool helps you to change instrument settings, manage recording settings, start
or stop recordings and manage instrument memory remotely. In order to begin, select “Remote
instrument configuration” in PowerView v3.0 “Tools” menu. A form shown on figure below should pop
up on the screen.
Note: Remote connection procedure described in 4.3 should be performed successfully before starting
remote instrument configuration.
171
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
Figure 147: Remote Instrument Configuration form
Please click on the “Read” button in order to receive current instrument settings. After retrieving data
from the remote instrument, form should be filled with data, as shown on figure below. Changed
parameters, will be sent back to the instrument by clicking on the “Write” button.
In order to remotely control instrument recorders, please click on the “Recorder” node as shown on
figure below. User can select any of the instrument recorders and configure accompanying parameters.
For description of particular recorder settings, see appropriate section in this manual. Changed
parameters, will be sent back to the instrument by clicking on the “Write” button.
172
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
Figure 148: Remote Recorder configuration
By clicking on “Start” button, instrument will start selected recorder in the same manner as would user
start recorder directly on instrument. Green icon indicates that Recorder is active, while red icon
indicates that recorder is stopped.
Additionally, PowerView v3.0 will disable changing parameters during recording. Trigger button in
waveform or transient recorder will trigger recorder in similar way as TRIGGER button on instrument,
when pressed. Recording can be terminated by pressing on “Stop” button, or will automatically finish,
after conditions are met, for example after given period of time or after event capturing. By pressing on
“Read” button, user can receive instrument status in any moment.
173
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Intranet (LAN))
Remote instrument connection (over Internet / Internet(3G/GPRS) /
Figure 149: Recording in progress
174
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Number of measured parameters and connection type relationship
4.4 Number of measured parameters and connection
type relationship
Parameters which MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 displays and measures, mainly depends on network type,
defined in CONNECTION SETUP menu – Connection type. In example if user choose single phase
connection system, only measurements relate to single phase system will be present. Table below
shows dependencies between measurement parameters and type of network.
Table 132: Quantities measured by instrument
Connection type
Voltage
Menu
1W
2W
3W
L1
N
L1
L2
N
L12
RMS
•
•
•
•
•
•
THD
•
•
•
•
•
Crest Factor
•
•
•
•
•
Frequency
•
Harmonics (0÷50)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Interharm. (0÷50)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Current
L23
L31
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tot
4W
Tot
L1 L2
L3
N
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Signalling
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Events
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
L1 L2
L3
N
L12
Tot
Tot
Tot
•
Flicker
L1
N
L1
L2
RMS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
THD
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Harmonics (0÷50)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Interharm. (0÷50)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unbalance
Consumed Pwr.
L12
•
Unbalance
Generated Pwr.
Tot
OpenD
Tot
•
•
•
N
L12
L23
L31
Tot
•
Combined
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fundamental
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Nonfundament.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Energy
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power factors
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Combined
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fundamental
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Nonfundament.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Energy
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power Factors
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
175
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Number of measured parameters and connection type relationship
Connection type
Menu
RMS
L1
INV
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
THD
•
•
•
•
Crest Factor
•
•
•
•
Frequency
•
•
Harmonics (0÷50)
•
•
•
•
Interharm. (0÷50)
•
•
•
•
•
Unbalance
Flicker
•
•
•
•
Signalling
•
•
•
•
Events
•
•
•
•
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
L1
Current
•
N
•
N
•
•
•
DC
•
•
THD
•
•
•
•
Harmonics (0÷50)
•
•
•
•
Interharm. (0÷50)
•
•
•
•
Combined
Consumed Pwr.
Tot
AC
•
Unbalance
•
•
•
•
AC
•
•
DC
•
•
Fundamental
•
•
Nonfundament.
•
•
Energy
•
•
Power factors
•
•
Combined
•
•
•
•
AC
Generated Pwr.
INV
•
•
DC
RMS
Tot
•
AC
Voltage
INV – 3W
INV - 1W
•
•
DC
•
•
Fundamental
•
•
Nonfundament.
•
•
Energy
•
•
Power
Factors
•
•
Note: Frequency measurement depends on synchronization (reference) channel, which can be voltage
or current.
176
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Number of measured parameters and connection type relationship
In the similar manner recording quantities are related to connection type too. Recording Signals in
GENERAL RECORDER menu are chosen according to the Connection type, and record PROFILE in
according to the next table.
Table 133: Quantities recorded by instrument (Standard Profile)
Connection type
Menu
1W
L1
N
2W
L1
L2
•
•
N
3W
L12
Tot
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
OpenD
Tot
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
4W
Tot
L1
L2
L3
•
•
•
N
L12
L23
L31
Tot
RMS
THD
Crest Factor
Frequency
Voltage
Harmonics (0÷50)
Interharm. (0÷50)
Unbalance
Flicker
Signalling
Events
•
L1
N
L1
L2
N
L12
Tot
L12
L1
L2
L3
Tot
L2
L3
Tot
L1
L2
L3
N
L12
L23
L31
Tot
L1
N
L1
L2
N
L12
Tot
L12
L1
L2
L3
Tot
L2
L3
Tot
L1
L2
L3
N
L12
L23
L31
Tot
RMS
Current
THD
Harmonics (0÷50)
Interharm. (0÷50)
Unbalance
Power
Combined
Fundamental
Nonfundament.
177
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Number of measured parameters and connection type relationship
Active Energy
Reactive Ener.
Power factors
Connection type
Menu
INV-1W
L1
N
INV-3W
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
L12
L23
L31
Tot
N
Tot
N
RMS
AC
DC
THD
Crest Factor
Voltage
Frequency
Harmonics (0÷50)
Interharm. (0÷50)
Unbalance
Flicker
Signalling
Events
•
L1
N
RMS
AC
Current
DC
THD
Harmonics (0÷50)
Interharm. (0÷50)
Unbalance
178
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
L1
N
L12
Number of measured parameters and connection type relationship
L23
L31
Tot
N
Combined
AC
DC
Power
Fundamental
Nonfundament.
Active Energy
Reactive Ener.
Power factors
Legend:
• - Quantity included.
- Maximal value for each interval is recorded.
- RMS or arithmetic average for each interval is recorded (see 5.1.15 for details).
- Minimal value for each interval is recorded.
- Active RMS or arithmetic average (AvgON) for each interval is recorded (see 5.1.15 for details).
179
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Number of measured parameters and connection type relationship
Table 134: Quantities recorded by instrument (Limited Profile)
Connection type
Menu
1W
L1
N
2W
L1
L2
•
•
N
3W
L12
Tot
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
OpenD
Tot
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
4W
Tot
L1
L2
L3
•
•
•
N
L12
L23
L31
Tot
RMS
THD
Crest Factor
Voltage
Frequency
Harmonics (0÷25)
Interharm. (0÷25)
Unbalance
Flicker
Signalling
Events
•
L1
N
L1
L2
N
L12
Tot
L12
L1
L2
L3
Tot
L2
L3
Tot
L1
L2
L3
N
L12
L23
L31
Tot
L1
N
L1
L2
N
L12
Tot
L12
L1
L2
L3
Tot
L2
L3
Tot
L1
L2
L3
N
L12
L23
L31
Tot
RMS
Current
THD
Harmonics (0÷25)
Interharm. (0÷25)
Unbalance
Combined
Fundamental
Power
Nonfundament.
Active Energy
Reactive Ener.
Power factors
180
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Number of measured parameters and connection type relationship
Connection type
Menu
INV-1W
L1
N
INV-3W
L12
L23
L31
•
•
•
Tot
N
RMS
AC
DC
THD
Crest Factor
Voltage
Frequency
Harmonics (0÷50)
Interharm. (0÷50)
Unbalance
Flicker
Signalling
Events
•
L1
N
L12
L23
L31
Tot
N
L1
N
L12
L23
L31
Tot
N
RMS
AC
Current
DC
THD
Harmonics (0÷50)
Interharm. (0÷50)
Unbalance
Power
Combined
AC
181
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Theory and internal operation
DC
Fundamental
Nonfundament.
Active Energy
Reactive Ener.
Power factors
Legend:
• - Quantity included.
- Maximal value for each interval is recorded.
- RMS or arithmetic average for each interval is recorded (see 5.1.15 for details).
- Minimal value for each interval is recorded.
- Active RMS or arithmetic average (AvgON) for each interval is recorded (see 5.1.15 for details).
5 Theory and internal operation
This section contains basic theory of measuring functions and technical information of the internal
operation of the MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 instrument, including descriptions of measuring methods
and logging principles.
5.1 Measurement methods
5.1.1 Measurement aggregation over time intervals
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 4.4)
The basic measurement time interval for:
• Voltage
• Current
• Power
• Harmonics
• Inter-harmonics
• Signalling
• Unbalance
is a 10/12-cycle time interval. The 10/12-cycle measurement is resynchronized on each Interval tick
according to the IEC 61000-4-30 Class A. Measurement methods are based on the digital sampling of the
input signals, synchronised to the fundamental frequency. Each input (4 voltages and 4 currents) is
simultaneously sampled.
182
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
5.1.2 Voltage measurement (magnitude of supply voltage)
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.2)
All voltage measurements represent RMS values of the voltage magnitude over a 10/12-cycle time
interval. Every interval is contiguous, and not overlapping with adjacent intervals.
U23
UN
N
U3
L3
U2
U1
L2
U31
U12
L1
GND
Figure 150: Phase and Phase-to-phase voltage
Voltage values are measured according to the following equation:
Phase voltage:
Up =
1 M 2
u p
M j =1 j
[V], p: 1,2,3,N
(1)
Line voltage:
Upg =
1 M
 (u p j − ug j )2 [V], pg.: 12,23,31
M j =1
(2)
U pPk
Phase voltage crest factor:
CFUp =
Line voltage crest factor:
CFUpg =
Up
, p: 1,2,3,N
U pgPk
U pg
, pg: 12, 23, 31
(3)
(4)
The instrument has internally 3 voltage measurement ranges, which are automatically selected
regarding to the nominal voltage.
5.1.3 Current measurement (magnitude of supply current)
Standard compliance: Class A (Section 5.13)
All current measurements represent RMS values of the samples of current magnitude over a 10/12-cycle
time interval. Each 10/12-cycle interval is contiguous and non-overlapping.
Current values are measured according to the following equation:
Phase current:
Ip =
Phase current crest factor:
1 M 2
Ip
M j =1 j
[A], p: 1,2,3,N
Ipcr =
Ipmax
, p: 1,2,3, N
Ip
183
(5)
(6)
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
The instrument has internally two current ranges: 10% and 100% range of nominal transducer current.
Additionally, Smart current clamps models offer few measuring ranges, automatic clamp detection and
automatic range selection.
5.1.4 Frequency measurement
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.1)
During RECORDING with aggregation time Interval: ≥10 sec frequency reading is obtained every 10 s.
The fundamental frequency output is the ratio of the number of integral cycles counted during the 10 s
time clock interval, divided by the cumulative duration of the integer cycles. Harmonics and
interharmonics are attenuated with digital filter in order to minimize the effects of multiple zero
crossings.
The measurement time intervals are non-overlapping. Individual cycles that overlap the 10 s time clock
are discarded. Each 10 s interval begin on an absolute 10 s time clock, with uncertainty as specified in
section 6.2.20.
For RECORDING with aggregation time Interval: <10 sec and on-line measurements, frequency reading
is obtained from 10/12 cycles frequency. The frequency is ratio of 10/12 cycles, divided by the duration
of the integer cycles.
Frequency measurement is performed on chosen Synchronization channel, in CONNECTION SETUP
menu.
5.1.5 Modern Power measurement
Standard compliance: IEEE 1459-2010
See section 3.23.6 how to select Modern Power measurement method. Please note that instrument
record all measurement (Classic and Modern), regardless of selected method. Data presentation could
be changed on the instrument LCD or inside the PowerView3.0.
Instrument fully complies with power measurement defined in the latest IEEE 1459 standard. The old
definitions for active, reactive, and apparent powers are valid as long as the current and voltage
waveforms remained nearly sinusoidal. This is not the case today, where we have various power
electronics equipment, such as Adjustable Speed Drives, Controlled Rectifiers, Cyclo-converters,
Electronically Ballasted Lamps. Those represent major nonlinear and parametric loads proliferating
among industrial and commercial customers. New Power theory splits power to fundamental and
nonfundamental components, as shown on figure below.
184
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Pfund
Sfund
(fundamental active power)
(fundamental apparent power)
S
(apparent power)
Qfund
(fundamental reactive power)
SN
(non fundamental apparent power)
DI
(current distortion power)
DV
(voltage distortion power)
PH
SH
(active harmonic power)
(harmonic apparent power)
DH
(harmonic distortion power)
Figure 151: IEEE 1459 phase power measurement organisation (phase)
In table below summary of all power measurement is shown.
Table 135: Summary and grouping of the phase power quantities
Quantity
Combined
powers
S
P
N
PFind/cap
-
Apparent (VA)
Active (W)
Nonactive/reactive (var)
Line utilization
Harmonic pollution (%)
Fundamental
powers
Sfund
Pfund
Qfund
DPFind/cap
-
Nonfundamental
Powers
SN, SH
PH
D I , D V, D H
SN/Sfund
Power measurement for three phase systems are slightly different as shown on figure below.
Sefund
(effective fundamental
apparent power)
Se
(effective apparent
power)
P+fund
S+fund
(positive sequence of
(positive sequence of
fundamental apparent power) fundamental active power)
Su
(unbalanced fundamental
apparent power)
Q+fund
(positive sequence of
fundamental reactive power)
SeN
(effective non fundamental
apparent power)
DeI
(effective current distortion power)
DeV
(effective voltage distortion power)
SeH
PH
(effective active harmonic power)
(effective harmonic apparent power)
DH
(effective harmonic distortion power)
Figure 152: IEEE 1459 phase power measurement organisation (totals)
185
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Table 136: Power summary and grouping of the total power quantities
Quantity
Combined
powers
Se
P
N
PFind/cap
-
Apparent (VA)
Active (W)
Nonactive/reactive (var)
Line utilization
Harmonic pollution (%)
Fundamental
powers
Sefund, S+, Su
P+tot
Q+tot
DPF+tot ind/cap
-
Nonfundamental
Powers
SeN, SeH
PH
DeI, DeV, DeH
SeN/Sfund
Combined phase power measurements
Standard compliance: IEEE STD 1459-2010
All combined (fundamental + nonfundamental) active power measurements represent RMS values of
the samples of instantaneous power over a 10/12-cycle time interval. Each 10/12-cycle interval is
contiguous and non-overlapping.
Combined phase active power:
1 N
1 N
Pp =  p p j = U p j  I p j
N j =1
N j =1
(7)
[W], p: 1,2,3
Combined apparent and nonactive power, and power factor are calculated according to the following
equations:
Combined phase apparent power:
[VA], p: 1,2,3
Sp = U p  I p
(8)
Combined phase nonactive power:
N p = Sign(Q p )  S p2 − Pp2
Phase power factor:
PFp =
(9)
[var], p: 1,2,3
Pp
Sp
, p: 1,2,3
(10)
Total combined power measurements
Standard compliance: IEEE STD 1459-2010
Total combined (fundamental + nonfundamental) active, nonactive and apparent power and total power
factor are calculated according to the following equation:
Ptot = P1 + P 2 + P3
Total active power:
Total nonactive power: Ntot = N1 + N 2 + N 3 [var],
[VA],
186
(11)
(12)
Total apparent power (effective):
Setot = 3  Ue  Ie
[W],
(13)
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Total power factor (effective): PFetot =
Ptot
.
Setot
(14)
In this formula Ue and Ie are calculated differently for three phase four wire (4W) and three phase three
wire (3W) systems.
Effective voltage Ue and current Ie in 4W systems:
Ie =
I12 + I 22 + I 32 + I N2
Ue =
3
2
2
3  (U12 + U 22 + U 32 ) + U122 + U 23
+ U 31
18
(15)
Effective voltage Ue and current Ie in 3W systems:
Ie =
2
2
U122 + U 23
I12 + I 22 + I 32
+ U 31
Ue =
9
3
(16)
Fundamental phase power measurements
Standard compliance: IEEE STD 1459-2010
All fundamental power measurements are calculated from fundamental voltages and currents obtained
from harmonic analysis (see section 5.1.8 for details).
Fundamental phase active power:
PfundP = U fundP  I fundP  cos U p −I p [W], p: 1,2,3
(17)
Fundamental apparent and reactive power and power factor are calculated according to the following
equations:
Fundamental phase apparent power:
S fundP = U fundP  I fundP
(18)
[VA], p: 1,2,3
-P
+P
900
-DPFcap
ad
I
II
Le
+Q
+DPFind
00
1800
-Q
III
IV
270
Fundamental phase reactive power:
Q fundP = U fundP  I fundP  sin U p −I p [var], p: 1,2,3
(19)
Phase displacement power factor:
DPFp = cos p =
Pp
Sp
(20)
, p: 1,2,3
187
0
g
+DPFcap
La
-DPFind
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Positive sequence (total) fundamental power measurements
Standard compliance: IEEE STD 1459-2010
According to the IEEE STD 1459, positive sequence power (P+, Q+, S+) are recognised as very important
intrinsic power measurements. They are calculated according to the following equation:
Positive sequence active power:
(21)
Ptot+ = 3  U +  I + cos  + [W],
Positive sequence reactive power:
+
Qtot
= 3  U +  I + sin  + [var],
(22)
-P+
+P+
900
-DPFcap
ad
I
II
Le
+Q+
+DPFind
00
+DPFcap
III
IV
2700
Positive sequence apparent power:
+
Stot
= 3  U +  I + [VA],
(23)
Positive sequence power factor:
+
tot
DPF
=
Ptot+
S
+
tot
(24)
.
U+, U-, U0 and + are obtained from unbalance calculus. See section 5.1.11 for details.
Nonfundamental phase power measurements
Standard compliance: IEEE STD 1459-2010
Nonfundamental power measurements are measured according to following equations:
Phase nonfundamental apparent power:
2
2
S Np = DIp2 + DVp
+ S Hp
Phase current distortion power
DIp = S fundP  THDIp
[VA], p: 1,2,3
[VA], p: 1,2,3
(25)
(26)
Phase voltage distortion power:
DVp = S fundP  THDUp [var], p: 1,2,3
(27)
Phase harmonic apparent power
S Hp = S fundP  THDUp  THDIp
(28)
[var], p: 1,2,3
Phase active harmonic power:
PHp = Pp − PfundP [W], p: 1,2,3
(29)
188
La
-Q+
-DPFind
g
1800
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Phase harmonic distortion power
2
2
DHp = S Hp
− PHp
(30)
[var], p: 1,2,3
Total nonfundamental power measurements
Standard compliance: IEEE STD 1459-2010
Total nonfundamental power quantities are calculated according to the following equations:
Total nonfundamental effective apparent power:
2
2
2
[VA]
SeN tot = DeI tot
+ DeVtot
+ SeH tot
Total effective current distortion power:
DeI tot = 3  Ue fund  IeH
(31)
[var]
(32)
where:
IeH = Ie2 − Ie2fund
Total effective voltage distortion power:
[var]
DeVtot = 3  UeH  Ie fund
(33)
where:
UeH = Ue2 − Ue 2fund
Total effective apparent power:
SeH tot = UeH  IeH
[VA]
(34)
Total effective harmonic power:
PH tot = PH1 + PH 2 + PH 3 [W]
where:
PH1 = P1 − Pfund1 , PH 2 = P2 − Pfund 2 , PH 3 = P3 − Pfund3
(35)
Total effective distortion power
(36)
De H = SeH 2 − PH 2 [var]
Harmonic pollution
HP =
where:
SeN tot
100 [%]
Sefundtot
(37)
Sefundtot = 3  Uefund  Iefund
Load unbalance
Su fund
LU =
+
Stot
(38)
189
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
5.1.6 Classic Vector and Arithmetic Power measurement
Standard compliance: IEC 61557-12
See section 3.23.6 how to select Modern Power measurement method. Please note that instrument
record all measurement (Classic and Modern), regardless of selected method.
Instrument fully complies with classic Vector and Arithmetic power measurement defined in the latest
IEC 61557-12 standard (Annex A) and IEEE 1459 (Section 3.2.2.5 and 3.2.2.6). There is large number of
measurement equipment installed on various points on network where this measurement algorithms
are used for measurement and recording. In order to compare past measurement with current, use one
of classic Power measurement. The measurements for active, reactive, and apparent powers have
physical meaning as long as the current and voltage waveforms remained nearly sinusoidal. On figure
below, graphical interpretation of Vector and Arithmetic power measurements are shown.
Sv
Q3
S3
Qv
S2
P2
S1
S3
P3
S1
Q2
Q1
P1
S2
P2
Q2
Q3
P3
Sa
Q1
P1
Ptot
Figure 153: Vector representation of total
power calculus
Figure 154: Arithmetic representation of total power
calculus
In table below summary of all power measurement is shown.
Table 137: Summary and grouping of the phase power quantities
Quantity
Apparent (VA)
Active (W)
Nonactive/reactive (var)
Line utilization
Combined
powers
S
P
N
PFind/cap
Fundamental
powers
Sfund
Pfund
Qfund
DPFind/cap
Table 138: Power summary and grouping of the total power quantities
Quantity
Apparent (VA)
Active (W)
Nonactive/reactive (var)
Line utilization
Combined
powers
Sv
P
N
PFvind/cap
Fundamental
powers
Svfund
Ptot
Qtot
DPFv ind/cap
190
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Combined phase power measurements
All Classic combined phase power measurements are identical with Modern combined phase power
measurement. See 5.1.5 section Combined phase power measurements for details.
Total Vector combined power measurements
Standard compliance: IEC 61557-12 Annex A and IEEE STD 1459-2010 Section 3.2.2.6
Total Vector combined (fundamental + nonfundamental) active, nonactive and apparent power and
total power factor are calculated according to the following equation:
Total active power:
Ptot = P1 + P2 + P3
[W],
(39)
Total nonactive power (vector):
Ntot = N1 + N 2 + N 3
[var],
(40)
Total apparent power (vector):
Svtot = Ptot + N tot
[VA],
(41)
Total power factor (effective):
PFvtot =
2
2
Ptot
.
Svtot
(42)
Total Arithmetic combined power measurements
Standard compliance: IEC 61557-12 Annex A and IEEE STD 1459-2010 Section 3.2.2.5
Total Arithmetic combined (fundamental + nonfundamental) active, nonactive and apparent power and
total power factor are calculated according to the following equation:
Total active power:
Ptot = P1 + P2 + P3
[W],
(43)
Total apparent power (arithmetic):
Satot = S1 + S 2 + S3
[VA],
(44)
Total nonactive power (arithmetic):
Natot = Satot − Ptot [var],
(45)
Total power factor (arithmetic):
PFatot =
2
2
Ptot
.
Satot
(46)
Fundamental phase power measurements
Standard compliance: IEEE STD 1459-2010
All Classic fundamental phase power measurements are identical with Modern fundamental phase
power measurement. See 5.1.5 section Fundamental phase power measurements for details.
Total Vector fundamental power measurements
Standard compliance: IEC 61557-12 Annex A and IEEE STD 1459-2010 Section 3.2.2.6
191
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Total Vector fundamental active, reactive and apparent power and total displacement vector power
factor are calculated according to the following equation:
Total fundamental active power:
Pfundtot = Pfund1 + Pfund 2 + Pfund 3 [W],
(47)
Total fundamental reactive power (vector): Qfundtot = Q fund1 + Q fund 2 + Q fund 3 [var],
(48)
Total fundamental apparent power (vector): 𝑆𝑣𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑡𝑜𝑡 = √𝑃𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑡𝑜𝑡 2 + 𝑄𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑡𝑜𝑡 2 [VA],
(49)
DPFvtot =
Total displacement power factor (vector):
Pfundtot
.
Sv fundtot
(50)
All fundamental power measurements are calculated from fundamental voltages and currents obtained
from harmonic analysis (see section 5.1.8 for details).
Total Arithmetic fundamental power measurements
Standard compliance: IEC 61557-12 Annex A and IEEE STD 1459-2010 Section 3.2.2.5
Total Arithmetic fundamental active, reactive and apparent power and total displacement arithmetic
power factor are calculated according to the following equation:
Total fundamental active power:
Pfundtot = Pfund1 + Pfund 2 + Pfund 3 [W],
Total apparent power (arithmetic): 𝑆𝑎𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑡𝑜𝑡 = 𝑆𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑑1 + 𝑆𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑑2 + 𝑆3𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑑
[VA],
Total nonactive power (arithmetic):
Qa fundtot = Sa fundtot − Pfundtot [var],
Total power factor (arithmetic):
DPFatot =
2
2
Pfundtot
.
Sa fundtot
(51)
(52)
(53)
(54)
All fundamental power measurements are calculated from fundamental voltages and currents obtained
from harmonic analysis (see section 5.1.8 for details).
5.1.7 Energy
Standard compliance: IEC 62053-21 Class 1S, IEC 62053-23 Class 2 ... MI 2893/MI 2892
Standard compliance: IEC 62053-21 Class 1, IEC 62053-23 Class 2 ... MI 2885
Energy measurement is divided in two sections: ACTIVE energy based on active power measurement
and REACTIVE energy, based on fundamental reactive power measurement. Each of them has two
energy counters for consumed and generated energy.
Calculations are shown below:
Active energy:
+
Consumed: Ep p =
m
 P (i)T (i) [kWh], p: 1,2,3, tot
i =1
+
p
192
(55)
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Generated: Ep −p =
m
Measurement methods
 P (i)T (i) [kWh], p: 1,2,3, tot
−
p
i =1
Reactive energy:
m
Consumed: Eq +p =
Q
Generated: Eq −p =
Q
+
Iind
i =1
m
i =1
+ (i)T (i) [kvarh], p: 1,2,3, tot
(i)T (i) +  Q pCap
−
pCap
m
(56)
i =1
m
− (i)T (i) [kvarh], p: 1,2,3, tot
(i)T (i) +  Q pInd
i =1
Active Energy
Fundamental Reactive Energy
900
900
Le
ad
ad
Le
Ep1800
1800
00
Ep-
Eq+
Eq+
Ep+
00
Eq-
Eq-
Lag
Lag
Ep+
2700
2700
Figure 155: Energy counters and quadrant relationship
Instrument has 3 different counters sets:
1. Total counters are used for measuring energy over a complete recording. When recorder starts
it sums the energy to existent state of the counters.
2. Last integration period counter measures energy during recording over last completed interval.
It is calculated at end of each interval.
3. Current integration period CUR counter measures energy during recording over current time
interval.
Recording Intervals
1
2
Start of
Recording
Last interval
LAST
Current interval
CUR
m -1
3
Total Energy
TOT
m
Current
Time
Figure 156: Instrument energy counters
193
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
5.1.8 Harmonics and interharmonics
Standard compliance:
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.7)
IEC 61000-4-7 Class I
Calculation called fast Fourier transformation (FFT) is used to translate AD converted input signal to
sinusoidal components. The following equation describes relation between input signal and its
frequency presentation.
Voltage harmonics and THD
U
Uhn
FFT
t
1 2 3 4 5 6
50 n
1 2 3 4 5 6
50 n
10 periods
Current harmonics and THD
I
Ihn
FFT
t
10 periods
Figure 157: Current and voltage harmonics
1024
k

u (t ) = c0 +  ck sin   2 f1t +  k 
 10

k =1
(57)
f1 –
c0 –
frequency of signal fundamental (in example: 50 Hz)
DC component
k –
ordinal number (order of the spectral line) related to the frequency basis f C1 =
TN –
is the width (or duration) of the time window (TN = N*T1; T1 =1/f1). Time window is that time
span of a time function over which the Fourier transformation is performed.
ck –
is the amplitude of the component with frequency f Ck =
k –
Uc,k –
Ic,k –
is the phase of the component ck
is the RMS voltage value of component ck
is the RMS current value of component ck
1
TN
k
f1
10
Phase voltage and current harmonics are calculated as RMS value of harmonic subgroup (sg): square
root of the sum of the squares of the RMS value of a harmonic and the two spectral components
immediately adjacent to it.
194
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
nth voltage harmonic:
nth current harmonic:
Measurement methods
U p hn =
I p hn =
1
U
k = −1
2
C ,(10n ) + k
p: 1,2,3
(58)
p: 1,2,3
(59)
1
I
k = −1
2
C ,(10n + k )
Total harmonic distortion is calculated as ratio of the RMS value of the harmonic subgroups to the RMS
value of the subgroup associated with the fundamental:
2
 U p hn 
 , p: 1,2,3
Total voltage harmonic distortion: THDU p =  


n = 2  U p h1 
40
(60)
2
 I p hn 
 , p: 1,2,3
Total current harmonic distortion: THDIp =  


n = 2  I p h1 
40
(61)
Spectral component between two harmonic subgroups are used for interharmonics assessment. Voltage
and current interharmonic subgroup of n-th order is calculated using RSS (root sum square) principle:
nth voltage interharmonic: U p ihn =
nth current interharmonic:
I p ihn =
8
U
k =2
2
C ,(10n )+ k
p: 1,2,3
(62)
2
C ,(10n+ k )
p: 1,2,3
(63)
8
I
k =2
Uc,k
Uh1
50
Uih1
Uh2
Uih2
100
Uh3
150
Uih3
Uh4
200
Freqency
Figure 158: Illustration of harmonics / interharmonics subgroup for 50 Hz supply
The K factor is a factor that is developed to indicate the amount of harmonics that the load
generates. The K rating is extremely useful when designing electric systems and sizing components. It is
calculated as:
195
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
50
K - factor: K p =
 ( I h  n)
2
p n
n =1
50
I h
n =1
(64)
, p: 1,2,3
2
p n
5.1.9 Signalling
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.10)
Signalling voltage is calculated on a FFT spectrum of a 10/12-cycle interval. Value of mains signalling
voltage is measured as:
• RMS value of a single frequency bin if signalling frequency is equal to spectral bin frequency, or
• RSS value of four neighbouring frequency bins if signalling frequency differs from the power
system bin frequency (for example, a ripple control signal with frequency value of 218 Hz in a 50
Hz power system is measured based on the RMS values of 210, 215, 220 and 225 Hz bins).
Mains signalling value calculated every 10/12 cycle interval are used in alarm and recording procedures.
However, for EN50160 recording, results are aggregated additionally on 3 s intervals. Those values are
used for confronting with limits defined in standard.
5.1.10 Flicker
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.3)
IEC 61000-4-15 Class F1
Flicker is a visual sensation caused by unsteadiness of a light. The level of the sensation depends on the
frequency and magnitude of the lighting change and on the observer. Change of a lighting flux can be
correlated to a voltage envelope on figure below.
voltage(V)
400
300
200
100
0
-100
-200
-300
-400
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
time (s)
Figure 159: Voltage fluctuation
Flickers are measured in accordance with standard IEC 61000-4-15. Standard defines the transform
function based on a 230 V / 60 W and 120 V / 60 W lamp-eye-brain chain response. That function is a
base for flicker meter implementation and is presented on figure below.
196
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Pst1min – is a short flicker estimation based on 1-minute interval. It is calculated to give quick preview of
10 minutes short term flicker.
Pst – 10 minutes, short term flicker is calculated according to IEC 61000-4-15
Plt – 2 hours, long term flicker is calculated according to the following equation:
N
Pltp =
3
 Pst
i =1
N
3
i
p: 1,2,3
(65)
5.1.11 Voltage and current unbalance
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.7)
The supply voltage unbalance is evaluated using the method of symmetrical components. In addition to
the positive sequence component U+, under unbalanced conditions there also exists negative sequence
component U- and zero sequence component U0. These quantities are calculated according to the
following equations:



1 
U + = (U1 + aU 2 + a 2U 3 )
3



1 
U 0 = (U 1 + U 2 + U 3 ) ,
3
− 1 


U = (U 1 + a 2U 2 + aU 3 ) ,
3
where a =
(66)
0
1 1
+ j 3 = 1e j120 .
2 2
For unbalance calculus, instrument use the fundamental component of the voltage input signals (U1, U2,
U3), measured over a 10/12-cycle time interval.
The negative sequence ratio u-, expressed as a percentage, is evaluated by:
u − (%) =
U−
 100
U+
(67)
The zero-sequence ratio u0, expressed as a percentage, is evaluated by:
u 0 (%) =
U0
 100
U+
(68)
Note: In 3W systems zero sequence components U0 and I0 are by definition zero.
The supply current unbalance is evaluated in same fashion.
5.1.12 Under-deviation and over-deviation
Voltage Under-deviation (UUnder) and Over-deviation (UOver) measurement method: Standard compliance:
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.12)
Basic measurement for the Under-deviation and Over-deviation is RMS voltage magnitude measured
over a 10/12-cycle time interval. Each RMS voltage magnitude (i) obtained through recording campaign
is compared to nominal voltage UNom from which we express two vectors according to the formulas
below:
197
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
U RMS(10 /12),i if U RMS(10 /12)  U Nom
UUnder ,i = 
 U Nom if U RMS(10 /12)  U Nom
(69)
U RMS(10 /12),i if U RMS(10 /12)  U Nom
U Over,i = 
 U Nom if U RMS(10 /12)  U Nom
(70)
Aggregation is performed on the end of recording interval as:
n
U Under =
U Nom −
U
i =1
2
Under ,i
%
n
U Nom
(71)
n
U Over =
U Nom −
U
i =1
U Nom
2
Over,i
n
%
(72)
Under-deviation and over-deviation parameters may be useful when it is important to avoid, for
example, having sustained under-voltages being cancelled in data by sustained over-voltages.
Note: Under-deviation and Over-deviation parameters are always positive values.
5.1.13 Voltage events
Measurement method
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.4)
The basic measurement for event is URms(1/2). URms(1/2) is value of the RMS voltage measured over 1 cycle,
commencing at a fundamental zero crossing and refreshed each half-cycle.
The cycle duration for URms(1/2) depends on the frequency, which is determined by the last 10/12-cycle
frequency measurement. The URms(1/2) value includes, by definition, harmonics, interharmonics, mains
signalling voltage, etc.
198
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
375
250
125
0
U (Voltage)
URms(1/2)
Dip Threshold
Dip Hysteresis
-125
-250
Dip Duration
URms(1/2) 1-cycle long
-375
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
Figure 160:URms(1/2) 1-cycle measurement
Urms(1/2) [n] Urms(1/2) [n+1]
U
Swell
hysteresis
half cycle period
(10 ms @ 50 Hz)
Dip
duration
Swell
duration
Swell limit
Uswell
U nominal
Dip limit
Udip
Event
hysteresis
Interruption
limit
Interrupt
duration
Interrupt
hysteresis
Uint
t
Figure 161: Voltage events definition
Voltage dip
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2)
The Dip Threshold is a percentage of Nominal voltage defined in CONNECTION menu. The Dip Threshold
and Hysteresis can be set by the user according to the use. Dip Hysteresis is difference in magnitude
199
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
between the Dip start and Dip end thresholds. Instrument event evaluation in Event table screen
depends on Connection type:
• On single-phase system (Connection type: 1W), a voltage dip begins when the URms(1/2) voltage
falls below the dip threshold, and ends when the URms(1/2) voltage is equal to or above the dip
threshold plus the hysteresis voltage.
• On poly-phase systems (Connection type: 2W, 3W, 4W, Open Delta) two different views can be
used for evaluation simultaneously:
o Group view
with selected ALL INT view (in compliance with IEC 61000-4-30 Class A):
a dip begins when the URms(1/2) voltage of one or more channels is below the dip
threshold and ends when the URms(1/2) voltage on all measured channels is equal to or
above the dip threshold plus the hysteresis voltage.
o Phase view Ph. (for troubleshooting): a voltage dip begins when the URms(1/2) voltage of
one channel falls below the dip threshold, and ends when the URms(1/2) voltage is equal to
or above the dip threshold plus the hysteresis voltage, on the same phase.
Figure 162:Voltage dip related screens on the instrument
A voltage dip is characterized by following data: Dip Start time, Level (UDip) and Dip duration:
• UDip – residual dip voltage, is the lowest URms(1/2) value measured on any channel during the dip.
It is shown in Level column in the Event Table on the instrument.
• The Dip Start time is time stamped with the time of the start of the URms(1/2) of the channel that
initiated the event. It is shown in START column in the Event Table on the instrument. The Dip
End time is time stamped with the time of the end of the URms(1/2) that ended the event, as
defined by the threshold.
• The Dip Duration is the time difference between the Dip Start time and the Dip End time. It is
shown in Duration column in the Event Table on the instrument.
Voltage swell
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.3)
The Swell Threshold is a percentage of nominal voltage defined in CONNECTION menu. The swell
threshold can be set by the user according to the use. Swell Hysteresis is difference in magnitude
between the Swell start and Swell end thresholds. Instrument event evaluation in Event table screen
depends on Connection type:
• On single-phase system (Connection type: 1W) , a voltage swell begins when the URms(1/2) voltage
rises above the swell threshold, and ends when the URms(1/2) voltage is equal to or below the
swell threshold plus the hysteresis voltage.
• On poly-phase systems (Connection type: 2W, 3W, 4W, Open Delta) two different view can be
used for evaluation simultaneously:
o Group view
with selected ALL INT view: A swell begins when the URms(1/2) voltage of
one or more channels is above the swell threshold and ends when the URms(1/2) voltage
200
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
o
Measurement methods
on all measured channels is equal to or below the swell threshold plus the hysteresis
voltage.
Phase view Ph.: A swell begins when the URms(1/2) voltage of one channel rises above the
swell threshold, and ends when the URms(1/2) voltage is equal to or below the swell
threshold plus the hysteresis voltage, on the same phase.
A voltage swell is characterized by following data: Swell Start time, Level (USwell) and Swell duration:
• USwell – maximum swell magnitude voltage, is the largest URms(1/2) value measured on any channel
during the swell. It is shown in Level column in the Event Table on the instrument.
• The Swell Start time is time stamped with the time of the start of the URms(1/2) of the channel
that initiated the event. It is shown in START column in the Event Table on the instrument. The
Swell End time is time stamped with the time of the URms(1/2) that ended the event, as defined by
the threshold.
• The Duration of a voltage swell is the time difference between the beginning and the end of the
swell. It is shown in Duration column in the Event Table on the instrument.
Voltage interrupt
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.5)
Measuring method for voltage interruptions detection is same as for dips and swells, and is described in
previous sections.
The Interrupt Threshold is a percentage of nominal voltage defined in CONNECTION menu. Interrupt
Hysteresis is difference in magnitude between the Interrupt start and Interrupt end thresholds. The
interrupt threshold can be set by the user according to the use. Instrument event evaluation in Event
table screen depends on Connection type:
• On single-phase system (1W), a voltage interruption begins when the URms(1/2) voltage falls below
the voltage interruption threshold and ends when the URms(1/2) value is equal to, or greater than,
the voltage interruption threshold plus the hysteresis
• On poly-phase systems (2W, 3W, 4W, Open Delta) two different views can be used for
evaluation simultaneously:
o Group view
with selected ALL INT view: a voltage interruption begins when the
URms(1/2) voltages of all channels fall below the voltage interruption threshold and
ends when the URms(1/2) voltage on any one channel is equal to, or greater than, the
voltage interruption threshold plus the hysteresis.
o Phase view Ph.: a voltage interrupt begins when the URms(1/2) voltage of one channel
fall below the interrupt threshold, and ends when the URms(1/2) voltage is equal to or
above the interrupt threshold plus the hysteresis voltage, on the same phase.
Figure 163:Voltage interrupts related screens on the instrument
201
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
A voltage interrupt is characterized by following data: Interrupt Start time, Level (UInt) and Interrupt
Duration:
• UInt – minimum interrupt magnitude voltage, is the lower URms(1/2) value measured on any
channel during the interrupt. It is shown in Level column in the Event Table on the instrument.
• The Interrupt Start time of a interrupt is time stamped with the time of the start of the URms(1/2)
of the channel that initiated the event. It is shown in START column in the Event Table on the
instrument. The Interrupt End time of the interrupt is time stamped with the time of the end of
the URms(1/2) that ended the event, as defined by the threshold.
• The Interrupt Duration is the time difference between the beginning and the end of the
interrupt. It is shown in Duration column in the Event Table on the instrument.
5.1.14 Alarms
Generally, alarm can be seen as an event on arbitrary quantity. Alarms are defined in alarm table (see
section 3.23.3 for alarm table setup). The basic measurement time interval for: voltage, current, active,
nonactive and apparent power, harmonics and unbalance alarms is a 10/12-cycle time interval.
Each alarm has attributes described in table below. Alarm occurs when 10/12-cycle measured value on
phases defined as Phase, cross Threshold value according to defined Trigger slope, minimally for
Minimal duration value.
Table 139: Alarm definition parameters
Quantity
Phase
Trigger slope
Threshold value
Minimal duration
• Voltage
• Current
• Frequency
• Active, nonactive and apparent power
• Harmonics and interharmonics
• Unbalance
• Flickers
• Signalling
L1, L2, L3, L12, L23, L31, All, Tot, N
< - Fall , > - Rise
[Number]
200ms ÷ 10min
Each captured alarm is described by the following parameters:
Table 140: Alarm signatures
Date
Start
Phase
Level
Duration
Date when selected alarm has occurred
Alarm start time - when first value cross threshold.
Phase on which alarm occurred
Minimal or maximal value in alarm
Alarm duration
202
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
5.1.15 Rapid voltage changes (RVC)
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 5.11)
Rapid Voltage Change (RVC) is generally speaking an abrupt transition between two “steady state” RMS
voltage levels. It is considered as event, (similar to dip or swell) with start time and duration between
steady state levels. However, those steady state levels does not exceed dip or swell threshold.
RVC event detection
Instrument RVC event detection implementation strictly follows IEC 61000-4-30 standard requirements.
It begins with finding a voltage steady-state. RMS voltage is in a steady-state condition if 100/120
URms(1/2) values remain within an RVC threshold (this value is set by the user in MEASUREMENT SETUP →
RVC Setup screen) from the arithmetic mean of those 100/120 URms(1/2) values. Every time a new URms(1/2)
value is available, the arithmetic mean of the previous 100/120 URms(1/2) values, including the new value,
is calculated. If a new URms(1/2) value crosses RVC threshold, RVC event is detected. After detection
instruments wait for 100/120 half cycles, before searching for next voltage steady-state.
If a voltage dip or voltage swell is detected during an RVC event, then the RVC event is discarded
because the event is not an RVC event.
RVC event characterisation
An RVC event is characterized by four parameters: start time, duration, ∆Umax and ∆Uss.
RVC event duration
Voltage URMS
RVC Threshold
100/120
URMS(½)
RVC threshold
with 50% hysteresis
ΔUss
Arithmetic mean
of the previous
100/120 URMS(½) values
URMS(½) values
ΔUmax
DIP Threshold
Time
Figure 164: RVC event description
•
•
•
•
Start time of an RVC event is time stamp when URms(1/2) value cross RVC threshold level
RVC event duration is 100/120 half cycles shorter than the duration between adjacent steady
states voltages.
∆Umax is the maximum absolute difference between any of the URms(1/2)
values during the RVC event and the final arithmetic mean 100/120 URms(1/2) value just prior to
the RVC event. For poly-phase systems, the ∆Umax is the largest ∆Umax on any channel.
∆Uss is the absolute difference between the final arithmetic mean
100/120 URms(1/2) value just prior to the RVC event and the first arithmetic mean
100/120 URms(1/2) value after the RVC event. For poly-phase systems, the ∆Uss is the largest ∆Uss
on any channel.
203
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
5.1.16 Data aggregation in GENERAL RECORDING
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 4.5)
Time aggregation period (IP) during recording is defined with parameter Interval: x min in GENERAL
RECORDER menu.
A new recording interval commence at real time clock thick (10 minutes  half cycle, for Interval: 10
min) and it last until next real time clock plus time needed to finish current 10/12 cycle measurement. In
the same time new measurement is started, as shown on next figure. The data for the IP time interval
are aggregated from 10/12-cycle time intervals, according to the figure below. The aggregated interval is
tagged with the absolute time. The time tag is the time at the conclusion of the interval. There is
overlap, during recording, as illustrated on figure below.
RTC
End of
Interval
10 min interval (x+1)
10 min interval (x)
overlap
i
j
10/12 cycles
10/12 cycles
k
1
2
3
10/12 cycles
10/12 cycles
10/12 cycles
10/12 cycles
Figure 165: Synchronization and aggregation of 10/12 cycle intervals
Depending from the quantity, for each aggregation interval instrument computes average, minimal,
maximal and/or active average value, this can be RMS (root means square) or arithmetical average.
Equations for both averages are shown below.
(73)
1 N 2
RMS average
ARMS =
 Aj
N j =1
Where:
ARMS – quantity average over given aggregation interval
A – 10/12-cycle quantity value
N – number of 10/12 cycles measurements per aggregation interval.
Arithmetic average:
Aavg =
(74)
1 N
 Aj
N j =1
Where:
Aavg – quantity average over given aggregation interval
A – 10/12-cycle quantity value
N – number of 10/12 cycles measurements per aggregation interval.
In the next table averaging method for each quantity is specified:
204
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Table 141: Data aggregation methods
Group
Value
Aggregation method
Recorded values
Voltage
URms
THDU
CFU
RMS average
RMS average
RMS average
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, Max
IRms
RMS average
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Current
THDI
RMS average
Avg, AvgOn, Max
RMS average
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Frequency
CFI
f(10s)
f(200ms)
Combined
AvgOn
Min, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Power
Fundamental
RMS average
Arithmetic average
Arithmetic average
Arithmetic average
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Avg, Max
Avg, AvgOn, Max,
Avg, Max
Avg, AvgOn, Max
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
Unbalance
Harmonics
Interharmonics
Signalling
Nonfundamental
U+
UU0
uu0
I+
II0
ii0
DC, Uh0÷50
DC, Ih0÷50
Uh0÷50
Ih0÷50
USig
Min, Avg, AvgOn, Max
An active average value is calculated upon the same principle (arithmetic or RMS) as average value, but
taking in account only measurement where measured value is not zero:
RMS active average
ARMSact =
1 M 2
 Aj ; M  N
M j =1
(75)
Where:
ARMSact – quantity average over active part of given aggregation interval,
A – 10/12-cycle quantity value marked as “active”,
M – number of 10/12 cycles measurements with active (non-zero) value.
Arithmetic active average:
Aavgact =
1 M
 Aj ; M  N
M j =1
Where:
Aavgact – quantity average over active part of given aggregation interval,
A – 10/12-cycle quantity value in “active” part of interval,
M – number of 10/12 cycles measurements with active (non-zero) value.
205
(76)
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Difference between standard average (Avg) and active average (AvgOn)
Example: Suppose we measure current on AC motor which is switched on for 5 min every 10 minutes.
Motor consumes 100A. User set recording interval to 10 minutes.
100A
5min
10min 15min
Figure 166: Avg vs. Avgon, switching load current
After 10 minutes values will be:
Irms (rms average) = 50A
Irms (rms AvgOn) = 100A
AvgOn considers only those measurements where current is greater than zero.
Power and energy recording
Active power is aggregated into two different quantities: import (positive-consumed P+) and export
(negative-generated P-). Nonactive power and power factor are aggregated into four parts: positive
inductive (i+), positive capacitive (c+), negative inductive (i+) and negative capacitive (c-).
Consumed/generated and inductive/capacitive phase/polarity diagram is shown on figure below:
206
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
CONSUMED REACTIVE
POWER
90'
GENERATED ACTIVE POWER
CONSUMED REACTIVE POWER
TYPE
Capacitive
P+
Qi+
Ni+
PFi+
DPFi+
Ep+
Eq+
180'
0'
→
P
-Q →
→
-N
PF →
DPF →
P ·t →
-Q ·t →
P+
QcNcPFc+
DPFc+
Ep+
Eq-
Recorded
Values
Instantaneous
values
PQiNiPFiDPFiEpEq-
Recorded
Values
Instantaneous
values
→
-P
-Q →
→
-N
-PF →
-DPF →
-P ·t →
-Q ·t →
CONSUMED ACTIVE
POWER
→
P
→
Q
→
N
PF →
DPF →
P ·t →
Q ·t →
Recorded
Values
Instantaneous
values
PQc+
Nc+
PFcDPFcEpEq+
Recorded
Values
Instantaneous
values
GENERATED ACTIVE
POWER
→
-P
→
Q
→
N
-PF →
-DPF →
-P ·t →
Q ·t →
CONSUMED ACTIVE POWER
CONSUMED REACTIVE POWER
TYPE
Inductive
GENERATED ACTIVE POWER
GENERATED REACTIVE POWER
CONSUMED ACTIVE POWER
GENERATED REACTIVE POWER
TYPE
Inductive
TYPE
Capacitive
270'
GENERATED REACTIVE
POWER
Figure 167: Consumed/generated and inductive/capacitive phase/polarity diagram
5.1.17 Flagged data
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 4.7)
During a dip, swell, or interruption, the measurement algorithm for other parameters (for
example, frequency measurement) might produce an unreliable value. The flagging concept avoids
counting a single event more than once in different parameters (for example, counting a single dip as
both a dip and a voltage variation), and indicates that an aggregated value might be unreliable.
Flagging is only triggered by dips, swells, and interruptions. The detection of dips and swells is
dependent on the threshold selected by the user, and this selection will influence which data are
"flagged".
207
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Voltage
10-min interval (n-1)
Measurement methods
Dip
10-min interval (n)
10-min interval (n+1)
Flagged Interval
Figure 168: Flagging data indicate that aggregated value might be unreliable
5.1.18 Waveform snapshot
During measurement campaign MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 have the ability to take waveform snapshot.
This is particularly useful for storing temporary characteristics or network behaviour. Snapshot stores all
network signatures and waveform samples for 10/12 cycles. Using MEMORY LIST function (see 3.19) or
with PowerView v3.0 software, user can observe stored data. Waveform snapshot is captured by
starting GENERAL recorder or by pressing
screens.
for 3 seconds in any of MEASUREMENTS sub
Long press on
triggers WAVEFORM SNAPSHOT. Instrument will record all
measured parameters into file.
Note: WAVEFORM SNAPSHOT is automatically created at the start and end of GENERAL RECORDER.
5.1.19 Waveform recorder
Waveform recorder can be used in order to capture waveform of particular network event: such as
voltage event, inrush or alarm. In waveform record samples of voltage and current are stored for given
duration. Waveform recorder starts when the pre-set trigger occurs. Storage buffer is divided into pretrigger and post-trigger buffers. Pre and post-trigger buffers are composed of waveform snapshots
taken before and after trigger occurrence, as shown on following figure.
208
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Record Duration = 2 sec
PostTrigger=1sec
PreTrigger = 1 sec
Record start
Record stop
Trigger point
Figure 169: Triggering and pre-triggering description
Several trigger sources are possible:
• Manual trigger - user manually triggers waveform recording.
• Voltage events – instrument starts waveform recorder when voltage event occur. Voltage
events are set up in EVENT SETUP menu (see 3.23.2 for details), where user defines threshold
limits for each event type: Dip, Swell and Interrupt. Each time event occurs, waveform recorder
starts recording. Instrument then capture URms(1/2) and IRms(1/2) values into RxxxxINR.REC file and
waveform samples for all voltages and currents channels into RxxxxWAV.REC file. If parameter
PRETRIGGER is greater than zero, then recoding will start prior the event for defined time, and
will finish when record DURATION length is reached. On following figure voltage dip is shown,
where voltage drops from nominal value to the almost zero. When voltage drops below dip
threshold, it triggers recorder, which capture voltage and current samples from one second
before dip to one second after dip occurs. Note that if during this time period another event
occurs, (as interrupt on figure below, for example) it will be captured within the same file. In
case where voltage event last for longer time, new recording will start after first record is
finished, soon as any new event occurs (voltage ramp-up event, shown as example on figure
below).
209
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Voltage
Duration (2 sec)
Duration (2 sec)
Pretrigger
(1 sec)
Pretrigger
(1 sec)
Dip Treshold
(90 % UNom)
URms(1/2)
Trigger
Point
(cause: dip)
Trigger Point
(cause: interrupt)
Int. Treshold
(5 % UNom)
t
Waveform record No.1
µSD
Card
Waveform record No.2
REC001.WAV
}
REC001.INR
REC002.WAV
}
REC002.INR
Figure 170: Voltage Event Triggering
•
Voltage level – instrument starts waveform recorder when measured RMS voltage reaches given
voltage threshold.
Voltage
Duration (2 sec)
Pretrigger
(1 sec)
Trigger:
Voltage level
URms(1/2)
Trigger Point
t
Waveform record
µSD
Card
REC001.WAV
}
REC001.INR
Figure 171: Voltage Level Triggering
•
Current level - instrument starts waveform recorder when measured current reaches given
current threshold. Typically, this type of triggering is used for capturing inrush currents.
210
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
Current
Duration (2 sec)
Pretrigger
(1 sec)
Trigger Point
IRms(1/2)
Trigger:
Current level
t
Waveform record
µSD
Card
REC001.WAV
}
REC001.INR
Figure 172: Current Level Triggering (Inrush)
•
•
•
•
Alarms – instrument starts waveform recorder when any alarm from alarm list is detected. In
order to see how to setup Alarm Table, please check section 3.23.3.
Voltage events and alarms – instrument starts waveform recorder when either voltage event or
alarm occur.
Interval – instrument starts waveform recorder periodically, each time after given time interval
Interval: 10min finish.
User can perform single or continuous waveform recordings up to 200 records (default value;
maximum number could be changed by the user – up to 1500). In continuous waveform
recording, MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 will automatically initialize next waveform recording upon
completion of the previous one.
Voltage event trigger
Waveform recorder can be set up to trigger on voltage events as shown on figure below.
Figure 173: Waveform recorder setup for triggering on voltage events
Inrush recorder
In addition to the waveform record which represent voltage samples, instrument also store RMS voltage
URms(1/2) and current IRms(1/2). This type of record is particularly suitable for capturing motor inrush. It gives
analysis of voltage and current fluctuations during start of motor or other high-power consumers. For
current IRms(1/2) value (half cycle period RMS current refreshed each half cycle) is measured, while for
211
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurement methods
voltage URms(1/2) values (one cycle RMS voltage refreshed each half cycle) is measured for each interval.
In following figures, Level triggering is shown.
Measured signal
Inrush, fluctuation or other event
U or I
t
Inrush record
IRms(1/2) or
URms(1/2)
U or I
Trigger Level
Slope: Fall
t
Trigger point
Figure 174: Level triggering
t
Slope: fall
Slope: rise
Triggering slope
t
Figure 175: Triggering slope
5.1.20 Transient recorder
Transient recorder is similar to waveform recorder. It stores a selectable set of pre- and post-trigger
samples on trigger activation, but with higher sampling rate:
- 1MHz for MI 2893
- 49 kHz for MI 2892/MI 2885
Recorder can be triggered on envelope or level.
Envelope trigger is activated if difference between same samples on two consecutive periods of
triggering signal, is greater than given limit.
212
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
EN 50160 Standard Overview
U
Level
t
Allowed waveform area
(envelope)
Figure 176: Transients trigger detection (envelope)
Level trigger is activated if sampled voltage/current is greater than given limit.
U
Level
t
Figure 177: Transients trigger detection (level)
Note: Saving to the instrument data memory induces dead time between consecutive transient records
up to 8 seconds, before new transient can be captured.
5.2 EN 50160 Standard Overview
EN 50160 standard defines, describes and specifies the main characteristics of the voltage at a network
user’s supply terminals in public low voltage and medium voltage distribution networks under normal
operating conditions. This standard describes the limits or values within which the voltage
characteristics can be expected to remain over the whole of the public distribution network and do not
describe the average situation usually experienced by an individual network user. An overview of EN
50160 Low voltage limits are presented on table below.
Table 142: EN 50160 standard LV limits (continuous phenomena)
Supply voltage phenomenon
Power frequency
Supply voltage variations, UNom
Acceptable
limits
49.5 ÷ 50.5 Hz
47.0 ÷ 52.0 Hz
Meas.
Interval
Monitoring
Period
10 s
1 Week
230V
10 min
1 Week
± 10%
213
Acceptance
Percentage
99,5%
100%
95%
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
EN 50160 Standard Overview
230V
Flicker severity Plt
Voltage unbalance uTotal harm. distortion, THDU
+10%
-15%
100%
Plt ≤ 1
0 ÷ 2 %,
occasionally 3%
8%
See Table 143:
Harmonic Voltages, Uhn
Mains signalling
Values of individual
harmonic voltages
at the supply
See Figure 178:
Mains signalling
voltage level limits
according to
EN50160
2h
1 Week
95%
10 min
1 Week
95%
10 min
10 min
1 Week
1 Week
95%
95%
3s
1 Day
99%
5.2.1 Power frequency
The nominal frequency of the supply voltage shall be 50 Hz, for systems with synchronous connection to
an interconnected system. Under normal operating conditions the mean value of the fundamental
frequency measured over 10 s shall be within a range of:
50 Hz ± 1 % (49,5 Hz .. 50,5 Hz) during 99,5 % of a year;
50 Hz + 4 % / - 6 % (i.e. 47 Hz .. 52 Hz) during 100 % of the time.
5.2.2 Supply voltage variations
Under normal operating conditions, during each period of one week 95 % of the 10 min mean URms
values of the supply voltage shall be within the range of UNom ± 10 %, and all URms values of the supply
voltage shall be within the range of UNom + 10 % / - 15 %.
5.2.3 Supply voltage unbalance
Under normal operating conditions, during each period of one week, 95 % of the 10 min mean RMS
values of the negative phase sequence component (fundamental) of the supply voltage shall be within
the range 0 % to 2 % of the positive phase sequence component (fundamental). In some areas with
partly single phase or two-phase connected network users’ installations, unbalances up to about 3 % at
three-phase supply terminals occur.
5.2.4 THD voltage and harmonics
Under normal operating conditions, during each period of one week, 95 % of the 10 min mean values of
each individual harmonic voltage shall be less or equal to the value given in table below.
Moreover, THDU values of the supply voltage (including all harmonics up to the order 50) shall be less
than or equal to 8 %.
Table 143: Values of individual harmonic voltages at the supply
Odd harmonics
Not Multiples of 3
Multiples of 3
Order h
Relative
Order h
Relative voltage
voltage (UN)
(UN)
5
6,0 %
3
5,0 %
7
5,0 %
9
1,5 %
214
Even harmonics
Order h
2
4
Relative
voltage (UN)
2,0 %
1,0 %
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
11
13
17
19
23
25
3,5 %
3,0 %
2,0 %
1,5 %
1,5 %
1,5 %
EN 50160 Standard Overview
15
21
1,0 %
0,75 %
6..24
0,5 %
5.2.5 Interharmonic voltage
The level of interharmonics is increasing due to the development of frequency converters and similar
control equipment. Levels are under consideration, pending more experience. In certain cases
interharmonics, even at low levels, give rise to flickers (see 5.2.7), or cause interference in ripple control
systems.
5.2.6 Mains signalling on the supply voltage
In some countries the public distribution networks may be used by the public supplier for the
transmission of signals. Over 99 % of a day the 3 s mean of signal voltages shall be less than or equal to
the values given in the following figure.
Figure 178: Mains signalling voltage level limits according to EN50160
5.2.7 Flicker severity
Under normal operating conditions, in any period of one week the long-term flicker severity caused by
voltage fluctuation should be Plt ≤ 1 for 95 % of the time.
5.2.8 Voltage dips
Voltage dips are typically originated by faults occurring in the public network or in network users’
installations. The annual frequency varies greatly depending on the type of supply system and on the
point of observation. Moreover, the distribution over the year can be very irregular. The majority of
voltage dips have duration less than 1 s and a retained voltage greater than 40 %. Conventionally, the
dip start threshold is equal to 90 % of the nominal voltage of the nominal voltage. Collected voltage dips
are classified according to the following table.
215
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
EN 50160 Standard Overview
Table 144:Voltage dips classification
Residual
voltage
90 > U ≥ 80
80 > U ≥ 70
70 > U ≥ 40
40 > U ≥ 5
U<5
10 ≤ t ≤ 200
200 < t ≤ 500
Cell A1
Cell B1
Cell C1
Cell D1
Cell E1
Cell A2
Cell B2
Cell C2
Cell D2
Cell E2
Duration (ms)
500 < t ≤
1000 < t ≤ 5000
1000
Cell A3
Cell A4
Cell B3
Cell B4
Cell C3
Cell C4
Cell D3
Cell D4
Cell E3
Cell E4
5000 < t ≤ 60000
Cell A5
Cell B5
Cell C5
Cell D5
Cell E5
5.2.9 Voltage swells
Voltage swells are typically caused by switching operations and load disconnections.
Conventionally, the start threshold for swells is equal to the 110 % of the nominal voltage. Collected
voltage swells are classified according to the following table.
Table 145:Voltage swell classification
Swell voltage
U ≥ 120
120 > U > 110
10 ≤ t ≤ 500
Cell A1
Cell B1
Duration (ms)
500 < t ≤ 5000
Cell A2
Cell B2
5000 < t ≤ 60000
Cell A3
Cell B3
5.2.10 Short interruptions of the supply voltage
Under normal operating conditions the annual occurrence of short interruptions of the supply voltage
ranges from up to a few tens to up to several hundreds. The duration of approximately 70 % of the short
interruptions may be less than one second.
5.2.11 Long interruptions of the supply voltage
Under normal operating conditions the annual frequency of accidental voltage interruptions longer than
three minutes may be less than 10 or up to 50 depending on the area.
5.2.12 MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 recorder setting for EN 50160 survey
MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 is able to perform EN 50160 surveys on all values described in previous
sections. In order to simplify procedure, MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 has predefined recorder
configuration (EN 50160) for it. By default, all current parameters (RMS, THD, etc.) are also included in
survey, which can provide additional survey information. Additionally, during voltage quality survey user
can simultaneously record other parameters too, such as power, energy and current harmonics.
In order to collect voltage events during recording, Include events option in recorder should be enabled.
See section 3.23.2 for voltage events settings.
216
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
EN 50160 Standard Overview
Figure 179: Predefined EN50160 recorder configuration
After recording is finished, EN 50160 survey is performed on PowerView v3.0 software. See PowerView
v3.0 manual for details.
217
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Technical specifications
6 Technical specifications
6.1 General specifications
Working temperature range:
Storage temperature range:
Max. humidity:
-20 C ÷ +55 C
-40 C ÷ +70 C
5 ÷ 98 % RH (0 C ÷ 40 C), non-condensing
Pollution degree:
Protection classification:
Measuring category - MI 2893
2
Reinforced insulation
CAT IV / 600 V;
For three phase connection CAT III / 1000 V;
up to 3000 meters above sea level
CAT IV / 600 V; CAT III / 1000 V;
up to 3000 meters above sea level
IP 40
Indoor use
Measuring category - MI 2892/MI 2885
Protection degree:
Dimensions:
Weight (with batteries): MI 2893
Weight (with batteries): MI 2892/MI
2885
Display:
Memory:
Batteries:
External DC supply - charger:
Maximum supply consumption:
MI 2893
Maximum supply consumption:
MI 2892/MI 2885
Battery charging time:
Communication:
IP 65 with A 1565 waterproof mounting case
Outdoor use
23 cm x 14cm x 8 cm
1.1 kg
0.96 kg
Colour 4.3 TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) with backlight, 480
x 272 dots.
8 GB microSD card provided; max. 32 GB supported
6 x 1.2 V NiMH rechargeable batteries
type HR 6 (AA)
100-240 V~, 50-60 Hz, 0.4 A~, CAT II 300 V
12 V DC, min 1.2 A
12 V / 410 mA – without batteries
12 V / 1.2 A – while charging batteries
12 V / 300 mA – without batteries
12 V / 1 A – while charging batteries
3 hours*
USB 2.0
Standard USB Type B
Ethernet
10Mb
* The charging time and the operating hours are given for batteries with a nominal capacity of 2400 mAh without display illumination and
switching off the transient recorder during the powering via the batteries (valid for MI 2893).
6.2 Measurements
6.2.1 General description
Max. input voltage (Phase – Neutral): MI 2893
Max. input voltage (Phase – Neutral):
MI 2892/MI 2885
Max. input voltage (Phase – Phase):
Max. transient peak voltage
Three phase connection: 50 … 1000 VRMS
Phase connection: 50 … 500 VRMS
Three phase connection: 50 … 1000 VRMS
87 … 1730 VRMS
±6 kV
218
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Max. transient peak current
Phase - Neutral input impedance: MI 2893
Phase - Neutral input impedance: MI 2892/MI
2885
Phase – Phase input impedance: MI 2893
Phase – Phase input impedance: MI 2892/MI
2885
AD converter
Sampling frequency:
50Hz / 60 Hz System frequency
Antialiasing filter
400 Hz System frequency
Antialiasing filter
VFD -Variable Frequency Drive mode
Antialiasing filter
Transient mode
Antialiasing filter
(MI 2893)
Transient mode
Antialiasing filter
(MI 2892/MI 2885)
Reference temperature
Temperature influence: MI 2893
Temperature influence: MI 2892/MI 2885
Warmup time
Measurements
Depends on used current clamps (check
specification for current clamps)
For transient detection use fixed current range.
2.45 MΩ
6 MΩ
2.45 MΩ
6 MΩ
16 bit 8 channels, simultaneous sampling
7 kSamples/sec
Passband (-3dB): 0 ÷ 3.4 kHz
Stopband (-80dB): > 3,8 kHz
12,2 kSamples/sec
Passband (-3dB): 0 ÷ 5,7kHz
Stopband (-80dB): > 6,44 kHz
1,7 kSamples/sec
Passband (-3dB): 0 ÷ 782 Hz
Stopband (-80dB): > 883 Hz
1 MSamples/sec
Passband (-3dB): 0 ÷ 600 kHz
49 kSamples/sec
Passband (-3dB): 0 ÷ 24 kHz
Stopband (-80dB): > 26 kHz
23 °C ± 2 °C
35 ppm/°C
30 ppm/°C
Recommended warmup time 30 minutes
NOTE: Instrument has 3 internal voltage ranges. Range is chosen automatically, according to the chosen
Nominal Voltage parameter. See tables below for details.
Nominal phase (L-N) voltage: UNom
Voltage range
50 V ÷ 136 V (L-N)
137 V ÷ 374 V (L-N)
375 V ÷ 1000 V (L-N)
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
Nominal phase-to-phase (L-L) voltage: UNom
Voltage range
50 V ÷ 235 V (L-L)
236 V ÷ 649 V (L-L)
650V ÷ 1730 V (L-L)
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
219
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
NOTE: Assure that all voltage clips are connected during measurement and logging period. Unconnected
voltage clips are susceptible to EMI and can trigger false events. It is advisable to short them with
instrument neutral voltage input.
6.2.2 Phase Voltages
10/12 cycle phase RMS voltage: U1Rms, U2Rms, U2Rms, UNRms, AC+DC
Measuring Range
10% UNOM ÷ 150% UNOM
* - depends on measured voltage
Resolution*
10 mV, 100mV
Accuracy
± 0.1 %  UNOM
Nominal Voltage UNOM
50 ÷ 1000 V (L-N)
Half cycle RMS voltage (events, min, max): U1Rms(1/2), U2Rms(1/2), U3Rms(1/2), U1Min, U2Min, U3Min, U1Max,
U2Max, U3Max, AC+DC
Measuring Range
3% UNOM ÷ 150% UNOM
* - depends on measured voltage
Resolution*
10 mV, 100mV
Accuracy
± 0.2 %  UNOM
Nominal Voltage UNOM
50 ÷ 1000 V (L-N)
NOTE: Voltage events measurements are based on half cycle RMS voltage.
Crest factor: CFU1, CFU2, CFU3, CFUN
Measuring range
1.00 ÷ 2.50
* - depends on measured voltage
Resolution*
0.01
Accuracy
± 5 % · CFU
Peak voltage: U1Pk, U2Pk, U3Pk, AC+DC
Measuring range
Range 1:
20.00 ÷ 255.0 Vpk
Range 2:
50.0 V ÷ 510.0 Vpk
Range 3:
200.0 V ÷ 2250.0 Vpk
* - depends on measured voltage
Resolution*
10 mV, 100 mV
10 mV, 100 mV
100 mV, 1V
Accuracy
± 0.5 % · UPk
± 0.5 % · UPk
± 0.5 % · UPk
6.2.3 Line voltages
10/12 cycle line to line RMS voltage: U12Rms, U23Rms, U31Rms, AC+DC
Measuring Range
Resolution*
Accuracy
± 0.1 %  UNOM
10% UNOM ÷ 150% UNOM
10 mV, 100mV
VFD mode:
± 1 %  UNOM
Nominal Voltage range
50 ÷ 1730 V (L-L)
Half cycle RMS voltage (events, min, max): U12Rms(1/2), U23Rms(1/2), U31Rms(1/2), U12Min, U23Min, U31Min,
U12Max, U23Max, U31Max, AC+DC
Measuring Range
10% UNOM ÷ 150% UNOM
Resolution*
10 mV, 100mV
220
Accuracy
± 0.2 %  UNOM
Nominal Voltage range
50 ÷ 1730 V (L-L)
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
Crest factor: CFU21, CFU23, CFU31
Measuring range
1.00 ÷ 2.50
Resolution
0.01
Accuracy
± 5 % · CFU
Peak voltage: U12Pk, U23Pk, U31Pk, AC+DC
Measuring range
Range 1:
20.00 ÷ 422 Vpk
Range 2:
47.0 V ÷ 884.0 Vpk
Range 3:
346.0 V ÷ 3700 Vpk
Resolution
10 mV, 100 mV
10 mV, 100 mV
100 mV, 1 V
221
Accuracy
± 0.5 % · UPk
± 0.5 % · UPk
± 0.5 % · UPk
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
6.2.4 Current
Input impedance:
Input impedance:
65 kΩ; MI 2893
100 kΩ; MI 2892/MI 2885
10/12 cycle RMS current I1Rms, I2Rms, I3Rms, INRms, AC+DC.
Clamps
A 1281
A 1588
A 1398 PQA
A 1069
A 1783
A 1391 PQA
A 1636
A 1227
A 1227 5M
A 1445
A 1582
A 1501
A 1502
A 1503
A 1446
A 1037
Range
1000 A
100 A
5A
0.5 A
50 A
5A
0.5 A
10 A
100 A
10 A
200 A
20 A
100 A
10 A
DC: 2000 A
AC: 1000 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
6000 A
600 A
60 A
6000 A
600 A
60 A
6A
0.5 A
Measuring range
100 A ÷ 1200 A
10 A ÷ 175 A
0.5 A ÷ 10 A
50 mA ÷ 1 A
5 A ÷ 100 A
0.5 A ÷ 10 A
50 mA ÷ 1 A
0.5 A ÷ 20 A
5 A ÷ 200 A
500 mA ÷ 20 A
5 A ÷ 200 A
500 mA ÷ 20 A
5 A ÷ 200 A
500 mA ÷ 20 A
40 A ÷ 2000 A
20 A ÷ 1000 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
600 A ÷ 12 000 A
60 A ÷ 1200 A
6 A ÷ 120 A
600 A ÷ 12 000 A
60 A ÷ 1200 A
6 A ÷ 120 A
0.5 A ÷ 10 A
10 mA ÷ 10 A
222
Overall current accuracy
±0.5 %  IRMS
±0.5 %  IRMS
±0.5 %  IRMS
±1.3 %  IRMS
±0.8 %  IRMS
±1.3 %  IRMS
±1.3 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±0.3 %  IRMS
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
Note: Overall current accuracy (as percent of measured value), is provided as guideline. For exact
measuring range and accuracy please check user manual of related current clamps. Overall accuracy is
calculated as:
OverallAcc uracy = 1,15  Instrument Accuracy 2 + ClampAccur acy 2
Half cycle RMS current (inrush, min, max) I1Rms(1/2), I2Rms(1/2), I3Rms(1/2), INRms(1/2), AC+DC
Clamps
A 1281
A 1588
A 1398 PQA
A 1069
A 1783
A 1391 PQA
A 1636
A 1227
A 1227 5M
A 1445
A 1582
A 1501
A 1502
A 1503
A 1446
A 1037
Range
1000 A
100 A
5A
0.5 A
50 A
5A
0.5 A
10 A
100 A
10 A
200 A
20 A
100 A
10 A
DC: 2000 A
AC: 1000 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
6000 A
600 A
60 A
6000 A
600 A
60 A
6A
0.5 A
Measuring range
100 A ÷ 1200 A
10 A ÷ 175 A
0.5 A ÷ 10 A
50 mA ÷ 1 A
5 A ÷ 100 A
0.5 A ÷ 10 A
50 mA ÷ 1 A
0.5 A ÷ 20 A
5 A ÷ 200 A
500 mA ÷ 20 A
5 A ÷ 200 A
500 mA ÷ 20 A
5 A ÷ 200 A
500 mA ÷ 20 A
40 A ÷ 2000 A
20 A ÷ 1000 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
300 A ÷ 6000 A
30 A ÷ 600 A
3 A ÷ 60 A
600 A ÷ 12 000 A
60 A ÷ 1200 A
6 A ÷ 120 A
600 A ÷ 12 000 A
60 A ÷ 1200 A
6 A ÷ 120 A
0.5 A ÷ 10 A
10 mA ÷ 10 A
223
Overall current accuracy
±0.8 %  IRMS
±0.8 %  IRMS
±0.8 %  IRMS
±1.3 %  IRMS
±0.8 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±0.4 %  IRMS
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
Note: Overall current accuracy (as percent of measured value), is provided as guideline. For exact
measuring range and accuracy please check user manual of related current clamps. Overall accuracy is
calculated as:
OverallAcc uracy =1,15  Instrument Accuracy 2 + ClampAccur acy 2
Peak value I1Pk, I2Pk, I3Pk, INPk, AC+DC
Measurement accessory
1000 A
100 A
A 1281
5A
0.5 A
A 1588
A 1398 PQA
A 1069
A 1783
A 1391 PQA
A 1636
A 1227
A 1227 5M
A 1445
A 1582
A 1501
A 1502
A 1503
A 1446
A 1037
50 A
5A
0.5 A
10 A
100 A
10 A
200 A
20 A
100 A
10 A
DC: 2000 A
AC: 1000 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
3000 A
300 A
30 A
6000 A
600 A
60 A
6000 A
600 A
60 A
5A
0.5 A
Peak value
100 A ÷ 1700 A
10 A ÷ 250 A
0.5 A ÷ 14 A
50 mA ÷ 1.4 A
5 A ÷ 150 A
0.5 A ÷ 15 A
50 mA ÷ 1.5 A
0.5 A ÷ 20 A
5 A ÷ 280 A
500 mA ÷ 28 A
5 A ÷ 260 A
500 mA ÷ 30 A
5 A ÷ 280 A
500 mA ÷ 28 A
40 A ÷ 2800 A
20 A ÷ 1400 A
300 A ÷ 8500 A
30 A ÷ 850 A
3 A ÷ 85 A
300 A ÷ 8500 A
30 A ÷ 850 A
3 A ÷ 85 A
300 A ÷ 8500 A
30 A ÷ 850 A
3 A ÷ 85 A
300 A ÷ 8500 A
30 A ÷ 850 A
3 A ÷ 85 A
300 A ÷ 8500 A
30 A ÷ 850 A
3 A ÷ 85 A
300 A ÷ 8500 A
30 A ÷ 850 A
3 A ÷ 85 A
600 A ÷ 17 000 A
60 A ÷ 1700 A
6 A ÷ 170 A
600 A ÷ 17 000 A
60 A ÷ 1700 A
6 A ÷ 170 A
0.5 A ÷ 14 A
10 mA ÷ 1.4 A
224
Overall current accuracy
±0.8 %  IRMS
±0.8 %  IRMS
±0.8 %  IRMS
±1.3 %  IRMS
±0.8 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.5 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±1.6 %  IRMS
±0.4 %  IRMS
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
Note: Overall current accuracy (as percent of measured value), is provided as guideline. For exact
measuring range and accuracy please check user manual of related current clamps. Overall accuracy is
calculated as:
OverallAcc uracy = 1,15  Instrument Accuracy 2 + ClampAccur acy 2
Crest factor CFIp p: [1, 2, 3, 4, N], AC+DC
Measuring range
1.00 ÷ 10.00
Resolution
0.01
Accuracy
± 5 % · CFI
Accuracy of 10/12 cycle RMS voltage measured on current input
Measuring range (Intrinsic instrument accuracy)
Range 1: 10.0 mVRMS ÷ 300.0 mVRMS
Range 2: 50.0 mVRMS ÷ 3.000 VRMS
Measuring range
Range 1: 10.0 mVRMS ÷ 150.0 mVRMS
Range 2: 50.0 mVRMS ÷ 1.500 VRMS
URMS – RMS voltage measured on current input
Accuracy
± 0.25 % · URMS
Accuracy
Crest factor
± 0.25 % · URMS
3.0
Accuracy of half cycle RMS voltage measured on current input
Measuring range (Intrinsic instrument accuracy)
Range 1: 10.0 mVRMS ÷ 300.0 mVRMS
Range 2: 50.0 mVRMS ÷ 3.000 VRMS
Accuracy
± 0.5 % · URMS
± 0.5 % · URMS
Measuring range (Intrinsic instrument accuracy)
Range 1: 10.0 mVRMS ÷ 150.0 mVRMS
Range 2: 50.0 mVRMS ÷ 1.500 VRMS
Accuracy
± 0.5 % · URMS
± 0.5 % · URMS
Crest factor
3.0
6.2.5 Frequency
Measuring range
50 Hz system frequency: 42.500 Hz ÷ 57.500 Hz
60 Hz system frequency: 51.000 Hz ÷ 69.000 Hz
400 Hz system frequency: 335.0 Hz ÷ 465.0 Hz
Resolution
Accuracy
1 mHz
± 10 mHz
10 mHz
± 100 mHz
Resolution
Accuracy*
± 5 %  Pinst
± 5 %  Pst
± 5 %  Plt
6.2.6 Flickers
Flicker type
Pinst
Pst
Plt
Measuring range
0.200 ÷ 10.000
0.200 ÷ 10.000
0.200 ÷ 10.000
0.001
6.2.7 Transients
Type
Voltage Transients
Current Transients
Measuring range
Resolution
± 6 kV
5V
Depends on the selected current clamp
Accuracy
±5%
± 10 %
Note: Overall current transient accuracy (as percent of measured value), is provided as guideline. For
exact measuring range and accuracy please check user manual of related current clamps.
225
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
6.2.8 Combined power
Combined Power
Measuring range
Accuracy
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
With flex clamps
Active power*
(W)
P1, P2, P3, Ptot
A 1227/A 1445/A
1501/A 1502 / 3000A
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
4 digits
Apparent power***
(VA)
S1, S2, S3, Setot, Svtot, Satot
±1.7 %  P
A 1446/A 1503 /
6000A
With iron clamps
A 1281 / 1000 A
A 1588 / 150 A
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
With flex clamps
Nonactive power**
(var)
N1, N2, N3, Ntot, Natot
±0.2 %  P
A 1227/A 1445/A
1501/A 1502 / 3000A
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
4 digits
A 1446/A 1503 /
6000A
With iron clamps
A 1281 / 1000 A
A 1588 / 150 A
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
With flex clamps
A 1227/A 1445/A
1501/A 1502 / 3000A
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
±0.7 %  P
±0.2 %  Q
±1.7 %  Q
±0.7 %  Q
±0.5 %  Q
±1.8 %  S
A 1446/A 1503 /
6000A
4 digits
With iron clamps
A 1281 / 1000 A
A 1588 / 150 A
±0.8 %  S
*Accuracy values are valid if cos φ  0.80, I  10 % INom and U  80 % UNom
**Accuracy values are valid if sin φ  0.50, I  10 % INom and U  80 % UNom
***Accuracy values are valid if cos φ  0.50, I  10 % INom and U  80 % UNom
6.2.9 Fundamental power
Fundamental power
Active fundamental
power* (W)
Measuring range
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
226
Accuracy
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
±0.2 %  Pfund
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
4 digits
With flex clamps
Pfund1, Pfund2, Pfund3, P+tot
A 1227/A 1445/A
1501/A 1502 /
3000A
A 1446/A 1503 /
6000A
With iron clamps
A 1281 / 1000 A
A 1588 / 150 A
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
With flex clamps
Reactive fundamental
power** (var)
Qfund1, Qfund2, Qfund3,
Q+tot
Apparent fundamental
power*** (VA)
Sfund1, Sfund2, Sfund3, S+tot
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
A 1227/A 1445/A
1501/A 1502 /
3000A
±1.7 %  Pfund
±0.7 %  Pfund
±0.2 %  Qfund
±1.7 %  Qfund
4 digits
A 1446/A 1503 /
6000A
With iron clamps
A 1281 / 1000 A
A 1588 / 150 A
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
With flex clamps
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
4 digits
A 1227/A 1445/A
1501/A 1502 /
3000A
±0.7 %  Qfund
±0.2 %  Sfund
±1.7 %  Sfund
A 1446/A 1503 /
6000A
With iron clamps
A 1281 / 1000 A
A 1588 / 150 A
±0.7 %  Sfund
*Accuracy values are valid if cos φ  0.80, I  10 % INom and U  80 % UNom
**Accuracy values are valid if sin φ  0.50, I  10 % INom and U  80 % UNom
***Accuracy values are valid if cos φ  0.50, I  10 % INom and U  80 % UNom
6.2.10Nonfundamental power
Nonfundamental power
Measuring range
Conditions
Active harmonic power*
(W)
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
Ph1, Ph2, Ph3, Phtot
4 digits
Ph > 1%  P
227
Accuracy
±1.0%  Ph
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Current distortion power*
(var)
DI1, DI2, DI3, DeI,
Voltage distortion power*
(var)
DV1, DV2, DV3, DeV
Harmonics distortion
power* (var)
DH1, DH2, DH3,DeH
Apparent nonfundamental
power* (VA)
SN1, SN2, SN3,SeN
Apparent harmonic
power* (VA)
SH1, SH2, SH3,SeH
Measurements
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
4 digits
±2.0 %  DI
DI > 1%  S
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
4 digits
±2.0 %  DV
DV > 1%  S
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
4 digits
±2.0 %  DH
DH > 1%  S
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
4 digits
±1.0 %  SN
SN > 1%  S
0.000 k ÷ 999.9 M
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
4 digits
±2.0%  SH
SH > 1%  S
*Accuracy values are valid if I  10 % INom and U  80 % UNom
6.2.11 Power factor (PF, PFe, PFv, PFa)
Measuring range
-1.00 ÷ 1.00
Resolution
0.01
Accuracy
± 0.02
6.2.12 Displacement factor (DPF) or Cos φ)
Measuring range
-1.00 ÷ 1.00
Resolution
0.01
Accuracy
± 0.02
6.2.13 Energy
Measuring range
(kWh, kvarh, kVAh)
Act
ive
en
erg
y
Ep
*
Excluding clamps
(Instrument only)
000,000,000.001 ÷ 999,999,999.999
228
Resolution
Accuracy
12 digits
±0.5 %  Ep
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
Reactive energy Eq**
With
A 1227/A 1445/A
000,000,000.001 ÷ 999,999,999.999
1446/A 1501/A
1502/A 1503
Flex clamps
With A 1281/A
1588/A 1783
000,000,000.001 ÷ 999,999,999.999
Multirange iron
clamps
Excluding clamps
000,000,000.001 ÷ 999,999,999.999
(Instrument only)
With
A 1227/A 1445/A
000,000,000.001 ÷ 999,999,999.999
1446/A 1501/A
12 digits
1502/A 1503
Flex clamps
With A 1281/A
000,000,000.001 ÷ 999,999,999.999
1588/A 1783
Multirange clamps
*Accuracy values are valid if cos φ  0.80, I  10 % INom and U  80 % UNom
**Accuracy values are valid if sin φ  0.50, I  10 % INom and U  80 % UNom
±1.8 %  Ep
±0.8 %  Ep
±0.5 %  Eq
±1.8 %  Eq
±0.8 %  Eq
6.2.14Voltage harmonics and THD
Measuring range
UhN < 1 % UNom
1 % UNom < UhN < 20 % UNom
UhN < 1 % UNom
1 % UNom < UhN < 20 % UNom
UhN < 1 % UNom
1 % UNom < UhN < 20 % UNom
Harmonic
component N
System
freqency
0 ÷ 50th
50/60Hz
0 ÷ 13th
400Hz
0 ÷ 20th (1)
0 ÷ 13 th (2)
0 ÷ 5 th (3)
VFD*
UNom:
UhN:
N:
(1)
:
(2)
:
(3)
:
Nominal voltage (RMS)
measured harmonic voltage
harmonic component
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 5÷16Hz range
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 16÷33Hz range
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 33 ÷ 120Hz
UNom:
Measuring range
0 % UNom < THDU < 20 % UNom
nominal voltage (RMS)
Resolution
Accuracy
10 mV
10 mV
10 mV
10 mV
10 mV
± 0.05 %  UNom
± 5 %  UhN
± 0.05 %  UNom
± 5 %  UhN
± 0.2%  UNom
10 mV
± 5 %  UhN
Resolution
0.1 %
Accuracy
± 0.3
Resolution
Accuracy
10 mV
10 mV
± 0.15 %  INom
± 5 %  IhN
6.2.15 Current harmonics, THD and k-factor
Measuring range
IhN < 10 % INom
10 % INom < IhN < 100 %
Harmonic
component N
System
frequency
0 ÷ 50th
50/60Hz
229
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
IhN < 10 % INom
10 % INom < IhN < 100 %
IhN < 10 % INom
10 % INom < IhN < 100 %
Measurements
0 ÷ 13th
400Hz
0 ÷ 20th (1)
0 ÷ 13 th (2)
0 ÷ 5 th (3)
VFD*
INom:
IhN:
N:
(1)
:
(2)
:
(3)
:
Nominal voltage (RMS)
measured harmonic current
harmonic component
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 5÷16Hz range
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 16÷33Hz range
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 33 ÷ 120Hz
INom:
Measuring range
0 % INom < THDI < 100 % INom
100 % INom < THDI < 200 % INom
Nominal current (RMS)
Measuring range
0 < k < 200
10 mV
10 mV
10 mV
± 0.15 %  INom
± 5 %  IhN
± 0.2 %  INom
10 mV
± 5 %  IhN
Resolution
0.1 %
0.1 %
Accuracy
± 0.6
± 0.3
Resolution
0.1
Accuracy
± 0.6
Resolution
Accuracy
10 mV
10 mV
10 mV
± 0.05 %  UNom
± 5 %  UhN
± 0.2 %  UNom
10 mV
± 5 %  UhN
Resolution
Accuracy
10 mV
10 mV
10 mV
± 0.15 %  INom
± 5 %  IihN
± 0.2 %  INom
10 mV
± 5 %  IihN
6.2.16 Voltage interharmonics
Measuring range
UihN < 1 % UNom
1 % UNom < UihN < 20 % UNom
UihN < 1 % UNom
1 % UNom < UihN < 20 % UNom
UNom:
UihN:
N:
(1)
:
(2)
:
(3)
:
Harmonic
component N
System
freqency
0 ÷ 50th
50/60Hz
0 ÷ 20th (1)
0 ÷ 13 th (2)
0 ÷ 5 th (3)
VFD*
Nominal voltage (RMS)
measured harmonic voltage
interharmonic component
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 5÷16Hz range
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 16÷33Hz range
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 33 ÷ 120Hz
6.2.17 Current interharmonics
Measuring range
IihN < 10 % INom
10 % INom < IihN < 100 %
IihN < 10 % INom
10 % INom < IihN < 100 %
INom:
IihN:
N:
(1)
:
(2)
:
(3)
:
Harmonic
component N
System
freqency
0 ÷ 50th
50/60Hz
0 ÷ 20th (1)
0 ÷ 13 th (2)
0 ÷ 5 th (3)
VFD*
Nominal current (RMS)
measured interharmonic current
interharmonic component 0th ÷ 50th
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 5÷16Hz range
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 16÷33Hz range
If fundamental voltage frequency is within 33 ÷ 120Hz
230
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
6.2.18 Signalling
Measuring range
1 % UNom < USig < 3 % UNom
3 % UNom < USig < 20 % UNom
Nominal current (RMS)
Measured signalling voltage
UNom:
USig:
Resolution
10 mV
10 mV
Accuracy
± 0.15 %  UNom
± 5 %  USig
Unbalance range
Resolution
0.5 % ÷ 5.0 %
0.1 %
0.0 % ÷ 20 %
0.1 %
Accuracy
± 0.15 %
± 0.15 %
±1%
±1%
6.2.19 Unbalance
uu0
ii0
6.2.20 Overdeviation and Underdeviation
Measuring range
0 ÷ 50 % UNom
0 ÷ 90 % UNom
UOver
UUnder
Resolution
0.001 %
0.001 %
Accuracy
± 0.1 % UNom
± 0.1 % UNom
6.2.21 Time and duration uncertainty
Standard compliance: IEC 61000-4-30 Class A (Section 4.6)
Real time clock (RTC) temperature uncertainty
Operating range
-20 C ÷ 70 C
0 C ÷ 40 C
Accuracy
± 3.5 ppm
± 2.0 ppm
0.3 s/day
0.17 s/day
Real time clock (GPS) temperature uncertainty
Operating range
-20 C ÷ 70 C
Accuracy
± 2 ms / indefinitely long
Event duration and recorder time-stamp and uncertainty
Measuring Range
Resolution
Error
Event Duration
10 ms ÷ 7 days
1 ms
 1 cycle
Record and Event Time stamp
N/A
1 ms
 1 cycle
Resolution
Accuracy
± 0.5C
± 2.0C
6.2.22 Temperature probe
Measuring range
-10.0 C ÷ 85.0 C
-20.0 C ÷ -10.0 C and 85.0 C ÷ 125.0 C
231
0.1 C
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Measurements
6.2.23 Phase angle
Measuring range
-180.0° ÷ 180.0°
Resolution
0.1°
Accuracy
± 0.6°
6.2.24 400Hz systems specification
Sampling frequency:
Cycle aggregation:
Normal operation
Antialiasing filter
12,2 kSamples/sec
Passband (-3dB): 0 ÷ 5,7kHz
Stopband (-80dB): > 6,44 kHz
50 cycles
6.2.25 VFD (Variable frequency drive) systems specification
Sampling frequency:
Cycle aggregation:
Normal operation
1,7 kSamples/sec
Antialiasing filter
Passband (-3dB): 0 ÷ 782 Hz
Stopband (-80dB): > 883 Hz
5 cycles
6.2.26 Differences in specification between 400Hz, VFD and 50/60 Hz systems
Measurement / Recording
400Hz
VFD
50 Hz / 60Hz
(1)
(1)
Voltage
•
•
•
Current
•(1)
•(1)
•
Frequency
335 Hz ÷ 465 Hz
5 Hz ÷ 120 Hz
•
(1)
(1)
Power
•
•
•
Energy
•(1)
•(1)
•
Unbalance
•(1)
•(1)
•
Flicker
•
THD
•
•
•
Voltage Harmonics
0 ÷ 13th
0 ÷ 20th (3)
0 ÷ 50th
Current Harmonics
0 ÷ 13th
0 ÷ 20th (3)
0 ÷ 50th
th (3)
Voltage Interharmonics
0 ÷ 20
1 ÷ 50th
th
Current Interharmonics
0 ÷ 20
1 ÷ 50th
Events
•(1)
•(1)
•
RVC - Rapid Voltage Changes
•(1)
•
Signalling
•
Network Configurations
•(1)
•(1)
•
General recorder
•(1)
•(1)
•
(1)
(1)
Waveform / inrush recorder
•
•
•
Transient recorder
•(1)
•(1)
•
Waveform Snapshot
•(1)
•(1)
•
Cycle aggregation
50 cycles
5 cycles
10/12 cycles
(1)
Identical technical specification (accuracy, measurement ranges, etc) as on 50Hz/60Hz systems
(2)
On 3-phase 4-wire systems measurement are performed on 3 voltage and 4 current channels, channel
UN-GND is not used.
(3)
Number of harmonics depends on voltage/current frequency 5÷16Hz – 20 harmonics, 16÷33Hz 13
harmonics, 33 ÷ 120Hz 5 harmonics
232
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Recorders
6.3 Recorders
6.3.1 General recorder
Sampling
According to the IEC 61000-4-30 Class A requirements. The basic measurement
time interval for voltage, harmonics, interharmonics and unbalance is 10-cycle
time interval for a 50 Hz power system and 12-cycle time interval for a 60 Hz
power system. Instrument provides approximately 3 readings per second,
continuous sampling. All channels are sampled simultaneously. For harmonics
measurement input samples are resampled, in order to assure that sampling
frequency is continuously synchronized with main frequency.
Recording quantities Voltage, current, frequency, crest factors, power, energy, 50 harmonics, 50
interharmonics, flickers, signalling, unbalance, under and over deviation. See
section 4.4 for details which minimum, maximum, average and active average
values are stored for each parameter.
Recording interval
1 s, 3 s (150 / 180 cycles), 5 s, 10 s, 1 min, 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 15 min, 30 min,
60 min, 120 min.
Events
All events, without limitation can be stored into record.
Alarms
All alarms, without limitation can be stored into record.
Signalling
Signalling events, without limitation can be stored into record.
Transients
Transients, without limitation can be stored into record.
(MI 2893 only)
MI 2893 only;
MI 2892/MI 2885 have realized transient recorder as independent recorder.
Inrush
Inrush currents, without limitation can be stored into record.
RVC
RVC, without limitation can be stored into record.
200 ms U/I/f
200 ms U/I/f Snapshot can be stored into record (every 60 minutes).
Trigger
Predefined start time or manual start.
Note: If during record session instrument batteries are drained, due to long interruption for example,
instrument will shut down and after electricity comes back, it will automatically restart recording
session.
Table 146: General recording max. duration
Recording interval
Max. record duration*
1s
12 hours
3 s (150 / 180 cycles)
2 days
5s
3 days
10 s
7 days
1 min
30 days
2 min
60 days
5 min
10 min
15 min
> 60 days
30 min
60 min
120 min
*At least 2 GB of free space should be available on microSD card.
In case, that record duration is set to “Manual”, that instrument automatically start new recorder after
the first one is finished due to reach the maximum file length. Instrument perform so many recorders, as
it is available memory on the SD card.
233
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Recorders
In this manner a single microSD card with a capacity of 7.566 GB (nominal 8 GB) can save 4 entire
recording sessions (each 12 hours long) and an additional 6 hours (all together 4x12 hours + 6 hours, i.e.
2 days and 6 hours of recordings). This approach also works for other time intervals (not just 1 second),
maximizing usage of storage capacity on the selected microSD card.
Figure 180: General Recorder setup to allow auto-recording restart, when reaches maximum file length
Note: In case of recording with the interval shorter than 5 seconds, we recommend not to record
additional network events simultaneously with the recorder due to saving large files to SD card and lot
of processes needs to be done.
Note: Recorder file size is limited to 2 GB due to the FAT32 SD card formatting.
6.3.2 Waveform/inrush recorder
Sampling
Recording time
Recording type
Recording quantities
Trigger
7 kSamples/s, continuous sampling per channel. All channels are sampled
simultaneously.
From 1 sec to 60 seconds.
Continuous – consecutive waveform recording until user stops the
measurement or instrument runs out of storage memory. Max. 1500
records can be stored per session. Default setting is 200 records, more than
200 records can slow down the instrument.
Waveform samples of: U1, U2, U3, UN, (U12, U23, U31), I1, I2, I3, IN
Voltage or current level, voltage events, alarms defined in alarm table or
manual trigger.
6.3.3 Waveform snapshot
Sampling
Recording time
Recording
quantities
Trigger
7 kSamples/s, continuous sampling per channel. All channels are sampled
simultaneously.
10/12 cycle period.
Waveform samples of: U1, U2, U3, UN, (U12, U23, U31), I1, I2, I3, IN,
all measurements.
Manual; every 60 minutes if option is selected in General recorder; at
Start/End of General recorder
6.3.4 Transient recorder
Sampling
MI 2893:
234
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Recording time
Recording
quantities
Trigger:
Recorders
1 MSamples/s, continuous sampling per channel. All channels are sampled
simultaneously.
MI 2892/MI 2885:
49 kSamples/s, continuous sampling per channel. All channels are sampled
simultaneously.
MI 2893: One cycle period.
MI 2892/MI 2885: programmable Pretrigger/Duration... up to 50 periods max.
Waveform samples of: U1, U2, U3, UN, (U12, U23, U31), I1, I2, I3, IN
MI 2893:
Transient selection measurement between N/GND
Envelope and level trigger simultaneously- for details see section 5.1.20
MI 2892/MI 2885:
Transient measurements related to Neutral line; single trigger selection only.
235
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Standards compliance
6.4 Standards compliance
6.4.1 Compliance to the IEC 61557-12
General and essential characteristics
Power quality assessment function
-A
SD
Classification according to 4.3
SS
Temperature
Humidity + altitude
Indirect current and direct voltage
measurement
Indirect current and indirect voltage
measurement
K50
Standard
Measurement characteristics
Function symbols
Class according to IEC 61557-12
Measuring range
2 % ÷ 200% INom (1)
2 % ÷ 200% INom (1)
2 % ÷ 200% INom (1)
2 % ÷ 200% INom (1)
2 % ÷ 200% INom (1)
2 % ÷ 200% INom(1)
-1÷1
2 % INom ÷ 200 % INom
0 % ÷ 100 % INom
0 % ÷ 100 % INom
P
1
Q
1
S
1
Ep
1
Eq
2
eS
1
PF
0.5
I, INom
0.2
Ihn
1
THDi
2
(1) – Nominal current depends on current sensor.
236
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Standards compliance
6.4.2 Compliance to the to the IEC 61000-4-30
IEC 61000-4-30 Section and Parameter
4.4 Aggregation of measurements in time
intervals*
• aggregated over 150/180-cycle
• aggregated over 10 min
• aggregated over 2 h
4.6 Real time clock (RTC) uncertainty
4.7 Flagging
5.1 Frequency
5.2 Magnitude of the Supply
5.3 Flicker
5.4 Dips and Swells
5.5 Interruptions
5.7 Unbalance
5.8 Voltage Harmonics
5.9 Voltage Interharmonics
5.10 Mains signalling voltage
5.12 Underdeviation and overdeviation
IEC 61000-4-30 Section and Parameter
4.4 Aggregation of measurements in time
intervals*
• aggregated over 150/180-cycle
• aggregated over 10 min
• aggregated over 2 h
4.6 Real time clock (RTC) uncertainty
4.7 Flagging
5.1 Frequency
5.2 Magnitude of the Supply
5.3 Flicker
5.4 Dips and Swells
5.5 Interruptions
5.7 Unbalance
5.8 Voltage Harmonics
5.9 Voltage Interharmonics
5.10 Mains signalling voltage
5.12 Underdeviation and overdeviation
MI 2893/MI 2892
Measurement
Class
Timestamp,
Duration
A
Freq
U
Pst, Plt
UDip, USwell, duration
duration
u-, u0
Uh0÷50
Uih0÷50
USig
UUnder, UOver
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
MI 2885
Measurement
Class
Timestamp,
Duration
A
Freq
U
Pst, Plt
UDip, USwell, duration
duration
u-, u0
Uh0÷50
Uih0÷50
USig
UUnder, UOver
A
A
A
S
A
S
S
S
S
S
S
A
* Instrument aggregate measurement according to selected Interval: parameter in GENERAL RECORDER.
Aggregated measurements are shown in TREND screens, only if GENERAL RECORDER is active.
237
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Maintenance
7 Maintenance
7.1 Inserting batteries into the instrument
1.
2.
Make sure that the power supply adapter/charger and measurement leads are disconnected
and the instrument is switched off before opening battery compartment cover.
Insert batteries as shown in figure below (insert batteries correctly, otherwise the
instrument will not operate and the batteries could be discharged or damaged).
Figure 181: Battery compartment
1
2
3.
Battery cells
Serial number label
Turn the instrument upside down (see figure below) and put the cover on the batteries.
238
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Batteries
Figure 182: Closing the battery compartment cover
4.
Screw the cover on the instrument.
Warnings!
Hazardous voltages exist inside the instrument. Disconnect all test leads, remove the power
supply cable and turn off the instrument before removing battery compartment cover.
• Use only power supply adapter/charger delivered from manufacturer or distributor of the
equipment to avoid possible fire or electric shock.
• Do not use standard batteries while power supply adapter/charger is connected, otherwise
they may explode!
• Do not mix batteries of different types, brands, ages, or charge levels.
• When charging batteries for the first time, make sure to charge batteries for at least 24 hours
before switching on the instrument.
•
Notes:
• Rechargeable NiMH batteries, type HR 6 (size AA), are recommended. The charging time and the
operating hours are given for batteries with a nominal capacity of 2400 mAh.
• If the instrument is not going to be used for a long period of time remove all batteries from the
battery compartment. The enclosed batteries can supply the instrument for approx. 5 to 7 hours
(MI 2892/2885); and 3 to 5 hours (MI 2893) (depends on the battery state, environmental
conditions etc).
7.2 Batteries
Instrument contains rechargeable NiMH batteries. These batteries should only be replaced with the
same type as defined on the battery placement label or in this manual.
If it is necessary to replace batteries, all six have to be replaced. Ensure that the batteries are inserted
with the correct polarity; incorrect polarity can damage the batteries and/or the instrument.
Precautions on charging new batteries or batteries unused for a longer period
Unpredictable chemical processes can occur during charging new batteries or batteries that were
unused for a longer period of time (more than 3 months). NiMH and NiCd batteries are affected to a
various degree (sometimes called as memory effect). As a result, the instrument operation time can be
significantly reduced at the initial charging/discharging cycles.
239
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Firmware upgrade
Therefore, it is recommended:
• To completely charge the batteries
• To completely discharge the batteries (can be performed with normal working with the
instrument).
• Repeating the charge/discharge cycle for at least two times (four cycles are recommended).
When using external intelligent battery chargers one complete discharging /charging cycle is performed
automatically.
After performing this procedure, a normal battery capacity is restored. The operation time of the
instrument now meets the data in the technical specifications.
Notes:
The charger in the instrument is a pack cell charger. This means that the batteries are connected in
series during the charging so all batteries have to be in similar state (similarly charged, same type and
age).
Even one deteriorated battery (or just of another type) can cause an improper charging of the entire
battery pack (heating of the battery pack, significantly decreased operation time).
If no improvement is achieved after performing several charging/discharging cycles the state of
individual batteries should be determined (by comparing battery voltages, checking them in a cell
charger etc). It is very likely that only some of the batteries are deteriorated.
The effects described above should not be mixed with normal battery capacity decrease over time. All
charging batteries lose some of their capacity when repeatedly charged/discharged. The actual decrease
of capacity versus number of charging cycles depends on battery type and is provided in the technical
specification of batteries provided by battery manufacturer.
7.3 Firmware upgrade
Metrel as manufacturer is constantly adding new features and enhance existing. In order to get most of
your instrument, we recommend periodic check for software and firmware updates. In this section
firmware upgrade process is described.
7.3.1 Requirements
Firmware upgrade process has following requirements:
- PC computer with installed latest version of PowerView software. If your PowerView is
out of date, please update it, by clicking on “Check for PowerView updates” in Help
menu, and follow the instructions
- USB cable
Figure 183: PowerView update function
240
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Firmware upgrade
7.3.2 Upgrade procedure
1. Connect PC and instrument with USB cable
2. Establish USB communication between them. In PowerView, go to Tools→Options menu and set
USB connection as shown on figure below.
Figure 184: Selecting USB communication
3. Click on Help → Check for Firmware updates.
Figure 185: Check for Firmware menu
4. Version checker window will appear on the screen. Click on Start button.
Figure 186: Check for Firmware menu
5. If your instrument has older FW, PowerView will notify you that new version of FW is available.
Click on Yes to proceed.
241
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Firmware upgrade
Figure 187: New firmware is available for download
6. After update is downloaded, FlashMe application will be launched. This application will actually
upgrade instrument FW. Click on RUN to proceed.
Figure 188: FlashMe firmware upgrade software
7. FlashMe will automatically detect MI 2893/MI 2892/MI 2885 instrument, which can be seen in
COM port selection menu. In some rare cases user should point FlashMe manually to COM port
where instrument is connected. Click then on Continue to proceed.
242
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Firmware upgrade
Figure 189: FlashMe configuration screen
8. Instrument upgrade process should begin. Please wait until all steps are finished. Note that this
step should not be interrupted; as instrument will not work properly. If upgrade process goes
wrong, please contact your distributor or Metrel directly. We will help you to resolve issue and
recover instrument.
243
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Power supply considerations
Figure 190: FlashMe programming screen
7.4 Power supply considerations
Warnings
• Use only charger supplied by manufacturer.
• Disconnect power supply adapter if you use standard (non-rechargeable) batteries.
When using the original power supply adapter/charger the instrument is fully operational immediately
after switching it on. The batteries are charged at the same time, nominal charging time is 3.5 hours.
The batteries are charged whenever the power supply adapter/charger is connected to the instrument.
Inbuilt protection circuit controls the charging procedure and assure maximal battery lifetime. Batteries
will be charged only if their temperature is less than 40 0C.
If the instrument is left without batteries and charger for more than 2 minutes, time and date settings
are reset.
7.5 Cleaning
To clean the surface of the instrument, use a soft cloth slightly moistened with soapy water or alcohol.
Then leave the instrument to dry totally before use.
Warnings
• Do not use liquids based on petrol or hydrocarbons!
• Do not spill cleaning liquid over the instrument!
244
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Periodic calibration
7.6 Periodic calibration
To ensure correct measurement, it is essential that the instrument is regularly calibrated. If used
continuously on a daily basis, a six-month calibration period is recommended, otherwise annual
calibration is sufficient.
7.7 Service
For repairs under or out of warranty please contact your distributor for further information.
7.8 Troubleshooting
If ESC button is pressed while switching on the instrument, the instrument will not start. Batteries have
to be removed and inserted back. After that the instrument will start normally.
8 Version of document
#
5
Document version
1.5.1
4
1.4.1
3
1.3.1
2
1.2.1
1
1.1.1
Description of changes
- Programmable Waveform duration (Events & Alarms) captured under
General Recorder
- Added option “No limit” for Transient recorder saving option (replaced
“Single”)
- Removed obsolete current clamps from the list of available current clamps
- Note added – Energy/Demand measurement during current clamp auto
ranging
- Phase current clamp inversion
- A 1783 current clamps added
- Update of Standard’s definitions
- Indoor/Outdoor use
- Removed printer section 4.2.1
- Storage temperature increased to -40°C
- Added E-Meter measurement on the primary transformer side
- Added info about recorder auto-restart – when recorder file reaches
maximum file length
- Added A 1398 PQA current clamps
- Added note, related to recording with integration period less than 10
seconds
- Added E-Meter recorder
- Added Backlight functionality
- Added GPS coordinates
- Energy Recorder improvement
- Added R.F.
- First official version
245
MI 2893 / MI 2892 / MI 2885
Version of document
Manufacturer address:
METREL d.o.o.
Ljubljanska 77,
SI-1354 Horjul,
Slovenia
Tel: +(386) 1 75 58 200
Email: [email protected]
https://www.metrel.si
246